1 1

Programming Manual
J-Script and abc for cab printers

Edition 8.02- 3.41

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 1
2 2

JScript - the programming language for cab printers.

The usage of all described functions in this manual requires firmware version 3.41 or higher.
(EOS: 4.27 or higher)
This is a generic manual which describes the commands for different printer models,which means
that it may contain descriptions or explanations of features which are not available on every printer
model. Please refer to the product brochure about the availability of some special features.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 2

3 3

cab Programming Manual

valid for following printer types:

A+ -Series TM
XD -Series TM
XC -Series TM
Mach 4 TM
PX -Print Module TM
Hermes+ -Series TM
Hermes CTM
and all printing systems based on the cab „X2“ board
as well as the
EOS - SeriesTM

copyright © cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG

all rights reserved
No parts of this manual may be copied, rewritten or used for anything else
than for original cab printers.
This interdicts the usage of the manual for OEM products
unless you have a written permission.

The cab printers command language is owned and copyrighted by

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG

Wilhelm Schickard Str. 14
76131 Karlsruhe / Germany

Tel: +49 - 721-6626-0

Fax:+49 - 721-6626-239
Email: [email protected]
http://www.cab.de

All registered trademarks or product names are trademarks of their respectives companies
SwissTM is registered Trademark of Bitstream Inc.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 3

4 4

Table of contents
copyright © cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG ................................................................................... 3
Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 11
Nomenclature, Syntax of the commands .............................................................................................. 11

Chapter 1: Introduction ................................................... 11

Usage of this manual ........................................................................................................................... 12
Print Positions: .................................................................................................................................... 13
Overview ............................................................................................................................................. 14
Instruction types .................................................................................................................................. 14
1. ESC instructions .............................................................................................................................. 14
2. Immediate Commands .................................................................................................................... 14
3. Label Format Commands ................................................................................................................ 15
4. Special Content Fields ..................................................................................................................... 15
Simple programming lesson ................................................................................................................ 16
Create your first label: ......................................................................................................................... 16
Explanation of this example ................................................................................................................. 16
2. Data transmission via USB .............................................................................................................. 19

Chapter 2: Command Overview ...................................... 20

Command Overview ............................................................................................................................ 20
ESC Commands ................................................................................................................................. 21
Immediate Commands ........................................................................................................................ 22
Label Format Commands .................................................................................................................... 24
Special Content Fields ......................................................................................................................... 26
Time Functions .................................................................................................................................... 26
Date Functions .................................................................................................................................... 26
Date Functions (continued) ................................................................................................................. 27
Jalali Date Functions ( Arab date ) ....................................................................................................... 28
Suriyakati Date Functions ( official date in Thailand ) ......................................................................... 28
Mathematical functions ........................................................................................................................ 29
Field Calculations and Comparisons ................................................................................................... 29
Special functions (miscellaneous) ....................................................................................................... 30
RFID Functions ................................................................................................................................... 31
Database Connector commands ......................................................................................................... 32

Chapter 3: ESC Commands............................................. 35

ESCESC Replaces ESC in binary data ............................................................................................ 36
ESC!ESC! Hard Reset ..................................................................................................................... 37
ESC* Activate all RS-485 printers ..................................................................................................... 38
ESC. Start and stop value for binary data ......................................................................................... 39
ESC: Start description of binary data ................................................................................................ 40
ESC< Back feed of the material behind the photocell ....................................................................... 41
ESC? Request for free memory ....................................................................................................... 42
ESCa abc-status ................................................................................................................................ 43
ESCc - Cancel Printjob ....................................................................................................................... 44
ESCend-of-data End description of binary data ................................................................................ 45
ESCf formfeed .................................................................................................................................. 46
ESCg Print start command ............................................................................................................... 47
ESCi Send value from the INF-memory ........................................................................................... 48

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 4

5 5

ESCj Request for the latest printed job ............................................................................................. 49

ESCI Request of synchronisation info .............................................................................................. 50
ESCo Change the codepage ............................................................................................................ 51
ESCp0 End printer´s pause mode .................................................................................................... 53
ESCp1 Set printer into pause mode ................................................................................................. 54
ESCs Printer status query ................................................................................................................. 55
ESCt total cancel .............................................................................................................................. 58
ESCz Extended status request ......................................................................................................... 59
Immediate commands ......................................................................................................................... 60

Chapter 4: Immediate commands ................................... 60

<ABC> - Start of the abc Basic Compiler ............................................................................................. 61
</ABC> - End of the abc Basic Compiler ............................................................................................. 62
<ENCRYPTED LABEL...> - Start of an ENCRYPTED label ................................................................. 63
<ENCRYPTED JOB> - Start of an ENCRYPTED job .......................................................................... 64
</ENCRYPTED JOB> - End of an ENCRYPTED job .......................................................................... 65
; - Comment line .................................................................................................................................. 66
a - ASCII Dump Mode ......................................................................................................................... 67
c - Direct cut ........................................................................................................................................ 69
d - download data (pictures, fonts etc...) .............................................................................................. 70
e - erase data ...................................................................................................................................... 77
f - formfeed .......................................................................................................................................... 78
j - job-ID ............................................................................................................................................... 79
l - Change Language ( country ) .......................................................................................................... 80
m - set measuring unit ......................................................................................................................... 82
p - pause Printer .................................................................................................................................. 84
q - query Printer ................................................................................................................................... 85
r - reset to default values ..................................................................................................................... 88
s - set Date/Time ................................................................................................................................. 89
t - Run Printer Self-test ........................................................................................................................ 90
v - Firmware version ............................................................................................................................ 97
x - Synchronous Peripheral Signal Settings ......................................................................................... 98
z - print slashed / unslashed zero ........................................................................................................ 99

Chapter 5: Label Format Commands .......................... 100

A - Amount of Labels ......................................................................................................................... 101
B - Barcode Definition ........................................................................................................................ 104
Barcode overview list .......................................................................................................................... 111
Available check digits: ........................................................................................................................ 113
Startpositions of Barcodes .................................................................................................................. 114
Barcodes - printing direction ............................................................................................................... 114
B - Barcode 2 of 5 Interleaved ......................................................................................................... 115
B - Barcode 2 of 5 Interleaved ......................................................................................................... 116
B - Barcode Add-On2 ...................................................................................................................... 117
B - Barcode Add-On5 ...................................................................................................................... 119
B - Barcode Aztec - Code ............................................................................................................... 121
B - Barcode Codabar ...................................................................................................................... 123
B - Barcode Codablock F ............................................................................................................... 125
B - Barcode Code 39 ...................................................................................................................... 127
B - Barcode Code 39 FULL ASCII ................................................................................................. 129
B - Barcode Code 93 ...................................................................................................................... 131
B - Barcode Code 128 .................................................................................................................... 133
B - Barcode Data Matrix ................................................................................................................. 135
B - Barcode DBP - German Post Identcode ................................................................................... 139

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 5

6 6

B - Barcode EAN-8 / JAN-8 (GTIN) ................................................................................................ 141

B - Barcode EAN-13 / JAN-13 (GTIN) ............................................................................................ 143
B - Barcode EAN 128 / UCC 128 / GS1-128................................................................................... 145
B - Barcode EAN-18 / NVE / SSCC-18 / GS1-128 * ....................................................................... 147
B - Barcode FIM ............................................................................................................................. 151
B - Barcode HIBC (Health Industry Barcode) .................................................................................. 153
B - Barcode ITF-14 * / SCC-14 * ..................................................................................................... 155
B - Barcode Maxicode .................................................................................................................... 157
B - Barcode Micro PDF 417 ............................................................................................................ 161
B - Barcode MSI (MSI Plessey) ...................................................................................................... 163
B - Barcode PDF 417 ..................................................................................................................... 165
B - Barcode Plessey ....................................................................................................................... 167
B - Barcode Postnet ....................................................................................................................... 169
B - Barcode PZN-Barcode * ........................................................................................................... 171
B - Barcode QR-Code .................................................................................................................... 173
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional ..................................................................................... 175
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar (CC-A) .................................................................................................. 177
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar (CC-B) .................................................................................................. 179
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar truncated ............................................................................................... 181
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar truncated (CC-A) .................................................................................. 183
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar truncated (CC-B) .................................................................................. 185
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked ................................................................................................ 187
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked (CC-A) ..................................................................................... 189
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked (CC-B) .................................................................................... 191
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked omnidirectional ........................................................................ 193
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked omnidirectional (CC-A) ............................................................ 195
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked omnidirectional (CC-B) ........................................................... 197
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar limited .................................................................................................. 199
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar limited (CC-A) ....................................................................................... 201
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar limited (CC-B) ....................................................................................... 203
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded .............................................................................................. 205
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded (CC-A) ................................................................................. 207
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded (CC-B) ................................................................................ 209
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded stacked .................................................................................. 211
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded stacked half line ................................................................... 213
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded stacked (CC-A) ..................................................................... 215
B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded stacked (CC-B) ..................................................................... 217
B - Barcode UPC-A ........................................................................................................................ 219
B - Barcode UPC-E ........................................................................................................................ 221
B - Barcode UPC-E0 ...................................................................................................................... 223
C - Cutter Parameters ....................................................................................................................... 225
D - Global Object Offset .................................................................................................................... 229
E DBF - Define Files ( Extension DBF) .............................................................................................. 230
E LOG - Define Files ( Extension LOG) ............................................................................................. 231
E TMP - Define Files ( Extension TMP ) ............................................................................................ 232
E RFID - Define Files (Extension RFID) ............................................................................................ 233
E SQL - Define Files ( Extension SQL) .............................................................................................. 234
F - Font Number ................................................................................................................................ 235
G - Graphic Field Definition ............................................................................................................... 237
G - Graphic Definition - Circle ............................................................................................................ 239
G - Graphic Definition - Line .............................................................................................................. 241
G - Graphic Definition - Rectangle ..................................................................................................... 243
G - Graphic Definition - Option: Fill .................................................................................................... 245
G - Graphic Definition - Option Shade ............................................................................................... 246
G - Graphic Definition - Option: Outline ............................................................................................. 247

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 6

7 7

H - Heat, Speed, Method of Printing, Ribbon ..................................................................................... 249

I - Image Field Definition .................................................................................................................... 250
J - Job Start ....................................................................................................................................... 253
M - Memory Card Access .................................................................................................................. 254
Memory card access with FTP connection: ....................................................................................... 256
M - Memory Card Access - load file from card ................................................................................... 263
O - Set Print Options ......................................................................................................................... 268
P - Set Peel-Off Mode ....................................................................................................................... 271
R - Replace Field Contents (variable data) ........................................................................................ 272
S - Set Label Size .............................................................................................................................. 273
T - Text Field Definition ...................................................................................................................... 278
X - Synchronous Peripheral Signal Settings ...................................................................................... 289

Chapter 6: Special Content fields ................................. 290

Time Functions ........................................................................................................... 291
Time functions ................................................................................................................................... 291
[H12...] Print Hour in 12-hour form (1-12) ....................................................................................... 292
[H24...] Print Hour in 24-hour form (0-23) ....................................................................................... 294
[H012...] Print Hour in 12-hour form (01-12) -always 2 digits ............................................................ 295
[H024...] Print Hour in 24-hour form (01-24) -always 2 digits .......................................................... 296
[ISOTIME...] Prints the Time in ISO standard format ..................................................................... 297
[MIN...] Print MINutes (00-59) ......................................................................................................... 299
[SEC...] Print SEConds (00-59) ...................................................................................................... 300
[TIME ...] Print actual TIME ............................................................................................................. 301
[XM...] am/pm indicator .................................................................................................................. 302

Date Functions ............................................................................................................ 303

[DATE...] Print current DATE .......................................................................................................... 304
[DAY...] Print numeric DAY of the month (1-31) ............................................................................... 306
[DAY02... ] Print numeric 2-digit DAY of the month (01-31) ............................................................ 307
[DOFY...] Print numeric Day OF Year(001-366) .............................................................................. 308
[ISODATE...] Prints date following the ISO specs .......................................................................... 309
[ISOORDINAL...] Prints date following the ISO specs ................................................................... 310
[WDAY...] Print numeric WeekDAY(0-6) .......................................................................................... 311
[WDAY...] Print numeric WeekDAY(0-6) ......................................................................................... 312
[wday... ] Print complete weekday name ........................................................................................ 313
[wday2... ] Print weekday name, 2 - digits shortened ..................................................................... 314
[wday3... ] Print weekday name, 3 - digits shortened ..................................................................... 315
[ISOWDAY...] Print date following the ISO specs ............................................................................ 316
[WEEK... ] Print numeric WEEK (1-53) .......................................................................................... 318
[WEEK02... ] Print numeric WEEK with 2 -digits (01-53) ................................................................ 319
[OWEEK... ] Print WEEK with Offset(1-53) .................................................................................... 320
[mon... ] Print 3-character month name ......................................................................................... 321
[month... ] Print complete month name .......................................................................................... 322
[MONTH... ] Print 2-digit MONTH (1-12) ........................................................................................ 323
[MONTH02... ] Print 02-digit MONTH (01-12) ................................................................................ 324
[YY...] Print 2-digit Year (06-63) ....................................................................................................... 326
[YYYY...] Print 4-digit Year (2006-2063) ......................................................................................... 327
Jalali Date functions .......................................................................................................................... 328
Suriyakati Date .................................................................................................................................. 328
[JYEAR... ] Print 4-digit Jalali Year ................................................................................................. 329
[JDAY...] Print Jalali-DAY ................................................................................................................. 330

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 7

8 8

[JDAY02...] Print Jalali-DAY, 02 digits ............................................................................................. 331

[JMONTH...] Print Jalali-Month ....................................................................................................... 332
[JMONTH02...] Print Jalali-Month - 2 digits ..................................................................................... 333
[JDOFY...] Print Jalali-Day OF Year ................................................................................................ 334
[jmonth... ] Print complete Jalali month name .............................................................................. 335
[JWDAY...] Print Jalali-Week-DAY .................................................................................................. 336
[SYEAR... ] Print 4-digits Suriyakati Year ....................................................................................... 337

Mathematical Functions ............................................................................................. 338

[+:op1,op2, . . .] Addition ................................................................................................................. 339
[-:op1,op2,...] Subtraction ............................................................................................................... 340
[*:op1,op2, . .] Multiplication ............................................................................................................ 341
[/ :op1,op2] Division ........................................................................................................................ 342
[%: op1,op2] Modulo ....................................................................................................................... 343
[|:op1,op2] Logical Or ..................................................................................................................... 345
[|:op1,op2] Logical Or ..................................................................................................................... 346
[&:op1,op2] Logical AND ................................................................................................................. 347
[<: op1,op2] Comparision < Less than ............................................................................................ 348
[=: op1,op2] Comparision = Equal .................................................................................................. 349
[==: text1,text2] String Comparision == Equal ................................................................................. 350
[>: op1,op2] Comparision > Greater than ....................................................................................... 351
[MOD10:x] Calculate the Modulo 10 check digit ............................................................................. 352
[MOD10:x] Calculate the Modulo 10 check digit ............................................................................. 353
[MOD36:x] Calculate the Modulo 36 check digit ................................................................................ 354
[MOD43:x] Calculate the Modulo 43 Check digit ........................................................................... 355
[P: ... ] Print result in Price format .................................................................................................. 356
[R:x] Rounding method ................................................................................................................... 357

Special Functions ....................................................................................................... 358

[?: ... ] LCD prompt - Stand Alone Mode ....................................................................................... 360
[ABC:x] Insert ABC value ................................................................................................................ 366
[BIN:x{,y ...} ] Insert Binary data ...................................................................................................... 367
[BIN16B:x{,y ...} ] Insert Binary data, 16 bit - Big Endian ................................................................. 368
[BIN16L:x{,y ...} ] Insert Binary data, 16 bit - Little Endian ............................................................... 369
[BIN32B:x{,y ...} ] Insert Binary data, 32 bit - Big Endian ................................................................. 370
[BIN16L:x{,y ...} ] Insert Binary data, 32 bit - Little Endian ............................................................... 371
[BITFIELD:... ] Bitwise encoded data field ....................................................................................... 372
[C: ... ] Leading zero replacement ................................................................................................... 373
[D:... ] Set Number of Digits ........................................................................................................... 375
[DBF:... ] Database file access ...................................................................................................... 376
[HEX:x ...] Hexadecimal conversion ............................................................................................... 377
[I: ...] Invisible fields ........................................................................................................................ 378
[JOBID] print JOB ID ..................................................................................................................... 380
[J: ... ] Justification ......................................................................................................................... 381
[LEN:x] Text Length detection ......................................................................................................... 383
[LOWER:... ] converts to lower case letters ................................................................................... 384
[LTRIM:... ] Trim data Left .............................................................................................................. 385
[name] Access a field with a name ................................................................................................. 386
[name,m{,n}] insert substring .......................................................................................................... 387
[PDFLOG:... ] PDF logging into database ...................................................................................... 388
[RTMP... ] Read value from serial (TMP) file ................................................................................... 389
[RTRIM:... ] Trim data Right ........................................................................................................... 390
[RUSER... ] Read value from (user) memory .................................................................................. 391
[S:... ] Script style for numeric values ............................................................................................. 392

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 8

9 9

[SELECT:...] - Select data from a list ................................................................................................. 393

[SER:...] - Serial numbering ............................................................................................................... 395
[SQL:xx ] SQL database access ..................................................................................................... 401
[SQLLOG:... ] SQL logging into database ...................................................................................... 402
[TRIM:... ] Trim data ....................................................................................................................... 403
[U:x] Insert Unicode characters ...................................................................................................... 404
[UPPER:... ] Convert to upper case characters .............................................................................. 406
[WINF] Mark a line for writing into the info buffer ............................................................................ 407
[WLOG] Write LOG file ................................................................................................................... 408
[WTMP] Write value to serial (TMP) file ......................................................................................... 409
[WUSER... ] Write value to USER memory .................................................................................... 410

RFID Functions ........................................................................................................... 411

[LTAG ... ] Lock RFID TAG area ..................................................................................................... 412
[RTAG ... ] Read RFID TAG ............................................................................................................ 413
[RTAGBIN ... ] Read RFID TAG binary ........................................................................................... 414
[TAGID] Read TAG ID .................................................................................................................... 415
[WTAG ... ] Write RFID TAG ........................................................................................................... 416

Chapter 7: cab DataBase Connector ............................ 417

How it works: ..................................................................................................................................... 418
Supported Databases: ....................................................................................................................... 418
cab Database Connector and SQLClient ........................................................................................... 418
Installation ......................................................................................................................................... 419
abc - advanced basic compiler .......................................................................................................... 426
Requirements: ................................................................................................................................... 426
Restrictions: ...................................................................................................................................... 426

Chapter 8: abc - advanced basic compiler .................. 426

Differences to Yabasic PC versions: .................................................................................................. 427
Temporary restrictions: ...................................................................................................................... 427
Window-Handling: ............................................................................................................................. 427
New functions compared to Yabasic: ................................................................................................. 428
Restrictions compared to Yabasic:..................................................................................................... 428
abc - PEEK Variables: ....................................................................................................................... 429
abc - POKE Variables: ....................................................................................................................... 432
abc - Streams: ................................................................................................................................... 435
abc - Modes: ..................................................................................................................................... 436
.......................................................................................................................................................... 436
.......................................................................................................................................................... 436
.......................................................................................................................................................... 436
.......................................................................................................................................................... 436
Notes: ................................................................................................................................................ 436
Communication with Web Browsers: ................................................................................................. 437
HTML ................................................................................................................................................ 437
abc examples .................................................................................................................................... 438

Appendix A...................................................................... 452

ASCII Table ....................................................................................................................................... 452
Code 39 pattern chart ........................................................................................................................ 453
Code 39 Full ASCII chart ................................................................................................................... 454
GS1 128 / EAN 128 AI's .................................................................................................................... 455

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 9

10 10

Tips and Tricks .................................................................................................................................. 461

Appendix B:Tips and Tricks .......................................... 461

Variable day offset ............................................................................................................................. 462
Hexadecimal counter (Base 16, 0-F) ................................................................................................. 463
Invisible field - depending on condition .............................................................................................. 464
Memory card „reload“ ........................................................................................................................ 465
Automatic start with pause ................................................................................................................. 466
Using Replace sequence and split the content .................................................................................. 467
Leading zero suppression after calculation ........................................................................................ 468
Replacing graphics dynamically ......................................................................................................... 469

Appendix C - Character lists ......................................... 470

Character list Swiss 721 - Font number 3 .......................................................................................... 471
Character list Swiss 721 bold - Font number 5 .................................................................................. 485
Character list Monospace - Font number 596 .................................................................................... 499
Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000 .................................................................. 510
Character list Garuda - Font number 1010 ....................................................................................... 534
Technical data ................................................................................................................................... 537
.......................................................................................................................................................... 537

Appendix D - technical data .......................................... 537

Index ................................................................................................................................................. 540

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 10

11 Chapter 1: Introduction 11

Introduction
IMPORTANT : We highly recommend to read the introduction first !!

• The described commands and sequences are tested and approved with original cab printers.
cab Produkttechnik can not guarantee that all functions are available on OEM products.

• All sample labels are created with a 300 dpi printer ( A+/300 and EOS1)

• All measurements are in millimeters for the usage in international markets. Label positions have to be
recalculated if the printer is set to „country = USA“, if no measurement command is transmitted.

• Some described functions are only available if your printer contains the current firmware. We
recommend to download and install the current firmware release from our website at:

http://www.cab.de

• We tried our best to write an easy understandable programmer´s manual which should contain every
possible function of cab printers.
Multiple different methods have been used to make sure that every shown example works properly and
a few proof reads have been done to avoid any error in this manual.
Nevertheless - we would appreciate your comments, where more explanation is required and where we
have to do things better. Every comment is welcome and will influence our future work.
And if you find any error,- then please let us know. Thank you for your help !

Nomenclature, Syntax of the commands

• All commands are accepted when the line end identifier is transmitted, with the exception of ESC
commands, they are processed as soon as the required character is received.

• Carriage returns are not displayed in the headlines and not in the example files of this manual, to
keep a better overview. Carriage Returns (ASCII 13, HEX 0D) are only shown in the syntax description
in italic letters (CR ).
You may use either CR (carriage return), LF (line feed) or CR/LF (carriage return/ line feed)
(See also the ASCII table in the APPENDIX of this manual)

• It is not required to use special characters to create a label format. Data can be keyed in with a simple
text editor.

• For a better overview it is allowed to add spaces or tabs within a command line. Numeric parameters
accept additional zeros.

• Separators for the parameters are either semicolons or commas.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 11

12 12

Usage of this manual

• The commands are sorted in different sections. In each section we further sorted the
commands in alphabetical order. We used following structure:

1. ESC commands
2. Commands which start with lower case letters
3. Commands which start with uppercase letters
4. Special content fields sorted by:
a: Time functions
b: Date functions
c: Mathematical functions
d: Special Functions
e: RFID Functions
5. Description of the cab DataBase connector
6. Description of the abc - Basic compiler
7. Appendix A shows a few charts and tables
8. Appendix B contains some tips and tricks shown on special samples
9. Appendix C shows the Unicode character list of the internal TrueType fonts.

• Special Notes and infos are shown in italic characters where the "finger" points
to them.

• The examples are mostly reduced to the minimum requirements to print a label, to keep it
as simple as possible.

• Not all commands are available for all printer types. This depends on if the described
function needs additional equipment such as the RFID functions which are not available in
every machine. Please refer to the further documentation of your printer.

• In all cases when it was possible we printed an example label, which helps to explain the
function of each command.

• All examples have been tested and the printouts have been scanned. The original files
have been copied into the sample text to make sure to keep the amount of mistakes on a
minimum. Nevertheless - please inform us whenever you find anything wrong. We will
correct that in the next release of this manual.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 12

13 13

Print Positions:

The Home position or „Zero point“ of a label is shown on the picture below .The „Headline“ appears
first, as it is usual on all laser printers etc. Most users prefer to get the printed label „foot first“ out of the
printer. This can easily be done when the „O R“ command is added to the shown examples.
We did not add this command in the samples to keep a better overview. You may add this whenever it
is required. „O R“ rotates the orientation of the label by 180 degrees. The most shown examples which
do not contain the „O R“ command have been rotated for a better view in this manual.

Home position when the Initial Home position

„O R“ command had been
used.

Home position when the

„O R“ command had been
used.
feed
direction
(paper
path)

Initial Home position

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 13

14 14

Overview
The programming language JScript (that has nothing to do with Java script) of the cab Printers is
based almost completely on ASCII characters.
Together with the selectability of different codepages it is possible to connect to nearly each computer
system.

The printers accept additionally all types of line end identifiers (CR, LF, CR/LF), so that the descriptions
of labels can be created with the most simple text editors, such as „Notepad“ or „Wordpad“ - saved as
plain text files. We recommend the download of the open source editor "notepad++" which is available
free of charge in the internet. Just google for it. It is perfect for printer programming and comes with a
FTP plugin to connect directly to the printer.

Instruction types

cab printers are using basically three types of instructions

• ESC instructions,
• Instructions with lowercase letters and
• Instructions with uppercase letters.

1. ESC instructions

are responsible for status queries, control functions, memory management etc. and are usually
executed immediately, i.e. even if a printing job runs. They are not absolutely required to print labels,
but they offer additional features and possibilities

Example: ESC ? - Request for free memory.

ESC c - Cancel Job
ESC p0 - Ends printer pause state
ESC s - Printer status request

2. Immediate Commands

Instructions with lowercase letters are used for adjustments and settings which must not have
something to do with the actual printjob.
These are for example requests of fonts or graphics which have been previously downloaded to the
printer.

Example:
a - Activate the ASCII dump mode
c - Immediate cut
f - Formfeed
t - Performs a test print

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 14

15 15

3. Label Format Commands

Instructions with uppercase letters are used to describe the label itself.
This has a fix structure, beginning with the start command, the description of the label size and
description of each object in the label.
At the end of the label the printer expects the amount of labels.

Example: J - Job start

S - Set label size
H - Heat, speed, and printing method
O - Set print options
T - Text field definition
B - Barcode field definition
G - Graphic field definition
I - Image field definition
A - Amount of labels

The printers use additionally to that 3 command types following special commands for special text
formatting, calculations, comparisons etc.:

Special content fields

cab database connector commands
abc - a-series basic compiler commands

4. Special Content Fields

are used within Label Format commands.

They consist of instructions in squared brackets, [ ], which offers various data insertion and data
manipulation functions.

Example: [DATE] - Print date

[/ :op1,op2] - Divide
[>: op1,op2] - Greater than

A huge amount of more complex and powerful commands are explained later in this manual in the
"Special Content fields“ section.

cab database connector command and "abc“ - commands (additional Basic programming language)
will not be explained here. Please refer to the special sections in this manual.

On the next pages you will find a short label sample which shall help you to become familiar with
the cab printer programming language "JSCRIPT“. We recommend that you try to create this label first,
before you start with your own projects. Furthermore we recommend to connect the printer in your
network, then ist is possible to connect the printer directly by FTP. Details about the FTP connection

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 15

16 16

Simple programming lesson

Target:

Learn how easy it is to teach your printer to do what you want.

Understand the language structure of JScript by testing the following sample.
Get the feeling what might go wrong if the syntax is not correct.
Modify this sample with other items of this manual.

Create your first label:

1. Connect your printer to the PC, select „Country United Kingdom“ on the printer´s control panel.
The handling is explained in the configuration manual (the language changes to "English“ and the
measurements to „millimeters“ - as the label is designed in millimeters)
2. Start your preferred plain texteditor (we used Wordpad for this example) - or better: Search in the
Internet for Notepad++, which is a great programming editor and free of charge.
3. Key in following data and don´t forget to press the ENTER key on your keyboard after the "A 1“ in
the last line is keyed in.

Example: m m
J
H 100
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
O R
T 10,10,0,5,pt20;sample
B 10,20,0,EAN-13,SC2;401234512345
G 8,4,0;R:30,9,0.3,0.3
A 1

Explanation of this example

(Details about each command are described in the respective sections of this manual)

m m Set measurement to millimeters

J Jobstart
H 100 Heat (Speed) setting (100mm/sec)
S l1;0,0,68,70,100 Size of the Label (68 x100mm, gap 2mm)
O R Orientation Rotated by 180°
T 10,10,0,5,pt20;sample Text line- font:Swiss bold, 20 pt
B 10,20,0,EAN-13,SC2;401234512345 Barcode EAN 13, size SC 2
G 8,3.5,0;R:30,9,0.3,0.3 Graphic, Rectangle 30x9mm, 0.3mm
A 1 Amount of labels (in this sample 1)

4. Save that file now with the name „sample1.txt“ in your root directory of Harddrive C:

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 16

17 17

There are multiple possibilities to transmit the data to your printer. It depends first of all on the used
interface. Wie will describe 2 Possibilities:
1. Connecting a printer to a network interface and 2. Connecting to USB

Printer cab be connecet to an existing network or directly on your PC.

1. Network connection

In our case we connect the printer directly with our PC using a standard network cable. (must not be a
cross over cable, but both will work)

Then we set an IP address in the printer´s setup menu. Go to "SETUP" --> Interfaces --> Ethernet
Select DHCP "off" and set a fixed IP address - in the next menu (press the right arrow)

Example: Set the IP address to 192.168.000.022

Set a fixed IP address on your PC

Example: 192.168.0.30

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 17

18 18

5. Start your Windows explorer and key in your FTP connection. Please note that the printer must be
protected by a PIN. Follow the instructions of the configuration manual.

6. For all printers with the exception of EOS: copy the created file to the ftp-folder "execute" and the
printer should print your label if your program code is correct.

... and if it does not work as expected ? - Then following points might be the reason:

1. The printer receives no data:

a: The wrong interface or wrong transmission speed is selected on your printer.

- Check the interface settings in the setup menu of the printer
b: Your interface is blocked by another application.
c: The cable might be defect- check the connecting cable

2. Printer receives data but shows „ribbon out“

a: No ribbon in the printer

b: Ribbon is not fixed on the ribbon unwinder

3. Printer receives data but shows „Protocol error“ in its display

a: Transmitted data is wrong - this might be a missing comma or a accidentially set semicolon
instead of a comma or any other wrong data. Spaces after a command may cause a protocol
error, too! The wrong programming line is shown on the ASCII dump printout.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 18

19 19

2. Data transmission via USB

Possibility number two: Printer is connected by USB using MS Windows.

USB has the "bad" behaviour (with all its benefits) that a driver needs to be installed which does
normally not allow to transmit native data to the printer which is required, if direct programming should
be used. But also here are some possibilities to transmit direct progammed code to the printer.

One possibility is to install the driver first. - Afterwords do following:

1. Rename the attached printer with a short name, i.e. CABEOS1 or cabA4300 or somthing like
that.
2. Share that printer in your network.

Now the commandline mode can be used to copy the JScript files directly to the printer:

Example: copy /b file.txt \\PC194\CABEOS1

copy/b tells your PC that the data transmission is binary

file.txt is the file which contains our JScript data
PC194 is the name of your PC
CABEOS1 is the renamed printer

This possibility is far away from the features which are available if networking is used, but it shows that
standard settings without extra tools are enough to transmit data to your printer.

Furtermore there are some tools available in the web, which do the same job, but we have no
recommendation, as we prefer the network connection.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 19

20 Chapter 2: Command Overview 20

Command Overview
The following pages are showing lists of all available JScript printer commands
Details are explained later in this manual.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 20

21 21

ESC Commands

ESCESC Replaces ESC in binary data

ESC!ESC! Hard reset
ESC* Activate all RS 485 printers
ESC. Start and Stop value for binary data
ESC: Start description of binary data

ESC< Back feed of the material behind the photocell

ESC? Request for free memory
ESCa Request for abc-status
ESCc cancel printjob
ESCend-of-data End description of binary data

ESCf formfeed (Equal to pressing „form feed“ on the navigator pad)

ESCg Print start command
ESCi Send value from the INF-memory
ESCj Request for the latest printed job
ESCl Request of synchronisation Info

ESCo Change the Codepage

ESCp0 End printer ´s pause mode
ESCp1 Set printer into pause mode
ESCs Printer status query
ESCt total cancel of all jobs

ESCz Extended status request

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 21

22 22

Immediate Commands

All Immediate commands are processed when a line end identifier is sent (CR, LF or CR/LF)

<abc> start of „abc“ (a-Series basic compiler)

</abc> end of „abc“ (a-Series basic compiler)
; comment Comment line
a set printer in aSCII dump mode
c Direct cut

d t;name.... download graphic or font data

e t;name.... erase data
f form feed
j job-ID
l name Set language (country)

m unit Set measuring unit

p status pause printer
q b;name query bitmap font
q d;name query dBase file on memory card
q e;name query format file on memory card

qf query free memory

q i;name query image availability
q l;name query label file on memory card
qm query memory type
qp query peripheral types

qr query ribbon diameter

q s;name query scaleable font availability
qt query time and date
r reset to default values
sn set date/time

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 22

23 23

Immediate Commands

All Immediate Commands are processed when a line end identifier is sent (CR, LF or CR/LF)

t[x] Run printer self-test

v Request firmware version
x d;uo Set peripheral (x) bits directly
x e;uo Set peripheral (x) error value

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 23

24 24

Label Format Commands

Label format commands are processed when a line end identifier is sent (CR, LF or CR/LF)

A [NO] n Amount of labels (end job/print)

B [:name;] x, y, r, type,size,text Barcode field definition
C cnt[,disp1[,disp2]] Set Cutter parameters
Ce Set Cutter to end-of-job
D x,y Global Object Offset (Distance to margins)

E DBF;name Defines a DBF (database) file

E LOG;name Defines a LOG file
E RFID;... Define Files (Extension RFID )
E TMP;name Defines TMP (temporary) serial file
E SQL;[IP of cabDatabaseconnector]:portnr Sets IP adress for SQL database access

F number;name Font number

G [:name;] x, y, r; type:options, . . . Graphic field definition
H speed[,h][,t][,r][,b] Heat, speed, and printing method
I [:name;]x,y,r[,mx,my];imgname Image field definition
J [comment] Job start

Mc Memory card: content request

M d type;name Memory card: delete file from card
M f;name Memory card: format card
M l type;[path]name Memory card: load file from card
Mr Memory card: repeat last label

M s type;name Memory card: store data on card

M u type;[path]name uploads data to the host
O [Ax=y][,B][,Cx][,D][,E][,F][,Hx][,J][,M].... Set print Options
P [disp] Set Peel-off mode
R name;value Replace field contents

S [type:]yo,xo,length,dy,wide. . . Set label Size

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 24

25 25

Label Format Commands

Label format commands are processed when a line end identifier is sent (CR, LF or CR/LF)

T [:name;] x,y,r, font,size . . ;data Text field definition

X y[;uo] Synchronous setting of peripheral (eXternal) signal

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 25

26 26

Special Content Fields

Time Functions

[H12] Print Hour in 12-hour form (1-12)

[H24] Print Hour in 24-hour form (0-23)
[H012] Print H0ur in 12-hour form (01-12) - always 2 digits
[H024] Print H0ur in 24-hour form (01-24) - always 2 digits
[ISOTIME] Prints the Time in ISO standard format

[MIN] Print MINutes (00-59)

[SEC] Print SEConds (00-59)
[TIME] Print current TIME in the format of the preset country
[XM] am / pm indicator

Date Functions

[DATE...] Print current DATE in the format of the preset country

[DAY...] Print numeric DAY of the month (1-31)
[DAY02...] Print numeric 2-digit DAY of the month (01-31)
[DOFY...] Print numeric Day OF Year(1-366)
[ISODATE...] Print ISO date

[ISOORDINAL...] Print ISO ordinal

[ODATE...] Print DATE with Offset *
[wday...] Print complete weekday name (0 = sunday) *
[WDAY...] Print numeric WeekDAY(0-6)*
[wday2...] Print weekday name, 2 - digits shortened *

[wday3...] Print weekday name, 3 - digits shortened*

[ISOWDAY...] Print numeric WeekDAY (1-7)
[WEEK...] Print numeric WEEK (1-53)
[WEEK02...] Print numeric WEEK with 2 - digits (01-53)
[OWEEK:+WW] Print WEEK with Offset (1-53)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 26

27 27

Special Content Fields

Date Functions (continued)

[mon...] Print 3-character month name (i.e. jan)*

[month...] Print complete month name (i.e. january)*
[MONTH...] Print 2-digit MONTH (1-12)
[MONTH02...] Print 02-digit MONTH (01-12) (leading zeros, always 2 digits)

[YY...] Print 2-digit Year (06-63)

[YYYY...] Print 4-digit Year (2006-2063)

* (in the format of the preset country)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 27

28 28

Special Content Fields

Jalali Date Functions ( Arab date )

[JYEAR...] Print Jalali-YEAR, 4 digits

[JDAY...] Print Jalali-DAY
[JDAY02...] Print Jalali-DAY, 02 digits
[JMONTH...] Print Jalali-MONTH
[JMONTH02...] Print Jalali-MONTH, 02 digits

[jmonth...] Print Jalali-month, complete name

[JDOFY...] Print Jalali-Day OF Year
[JWDAY...] Print Jalali-Week DAY (1=saturday)

Suriyakati Date Functions ( official date in Thailand )

[SYEAR...] Print Suriyakati-YEAR, 4 digits

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 28

29 29

Special Content Fields

Mathematical functions
Field Calculations and Comparisons

[+:op1,op2. . ,] Addition
[-:op1,op2] Subtraction
[*:op1,op2. . ,] Multiplication
[/:op1,op2] Division
[%: op1,op2] Modulo

[|:op1,op2] Logical Or (Result 1, if minimum one operator is not equal to 0)

[&:op1,op2] Logical And (Result 0, if min. one operator is 0)
[<: op1,op2] Comparison - Less than (1=TRUE, 0=FALSE)
[=: op1,op2] Comparison - Equal (1=TRUE, 0=FALSE)
[>: op1,op2] Comparison - Greater than (1=TRUE, 0=FALSE)

[MOD10:x] Calculates and prints the Modulo 10 Check digit

[MOD36:x] Calculates and prints the Modulo 36 Check digit
[MOD43:x] Calculates and prints the Modulo 43 Check digit

[P:name,mn{o}] Print result in Price format

[R:x] Rounding method
[==:text1,text2] String comparision (1=TRUE, 0=FALSE)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 29

30 30

Special Content Fields

Special functions (miscellaneous)

[?:x,y,z,{D},{Lx},{Mx},{R},{J}] Prompt line on the printer´s display

[ABC:x] Insert ABC value
[BIN:x{,y...}] Insert Binary data
[BIN16B:x{,y ...} ] Binary data , 16 bit - Big Endian
[BIN16L:x{,y ...} ] Binary data, 16 bit - Little Endian

[BIN32B:x{,y ...} ] Binary data , 32 bit - Big Endian

[BIN32L:x{,y ...} ] Binary data , 32 bit - Little Endian
[BITFIELD:... ] Bitwise encoded data field
[C:fill{,base}] Leading zero replacement
[D:m,n] Set number of Digits to print

[DBF:key,keyvalue,entryfield] DataBase Field

[HEX:x] Hexadecimal conversion
[I{!}{:cond}] Invisible field
[JOBID] print JOB ID
[J:ml] Justification

[LEN:x] Returns the Length of a variable

[LOWER:x] Converts the input data in lower case characters
[LTRIM:x] Trim data Left
[name] Access a field with a name
[name,m{,n}] Insert substring from another field

[PDFLOG:...] PDF LOG - logging into database

[RTMP{:x}] Read from a TMP (serial) file
[RTRIM:x] Trim data Right
[RUSER] Read data from USER memory
[S:name] Numeric Script style

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 30

31 31

Special Content Fields

Special functions (miscellaneous)

[SELECT] SELECT data from list

[SER:start{incr,{freq}}] Insert SERial numbering
[SPLIT:xx,n] Split data
[SQL:xx] SQL database access
[SQLLOG:...] SQL LOG in database

[TRIM:...] TRIM data

[U:x] Insert Unicode character
[UPPER:x] Converts the input data in upper case characters
[WINF] Writes value into the „INF“ buffer
[WLOG] Write to LOG file

[WTMP] Write to TMP (temporary) serial file

[WUSER] Write value to USER memory

RFID Functions

[LTAG...] Lock RFID TAG area

[RTAG...] Read RFID TAG
[RTAGBIN...] Read RFID TAG binary
[TAGID] Read TAG ID
[WTAG...] Write RFID TAG

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 31

32 32

Special Content Fields

Database Connector commands

[SQL:Select field from table where Searchvalue] SQL - Query function

[SQLLOG:xx] SQL - Logging function

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 32

33 33

Special Content Fields

Special Barcode functions (not supported by all barcodes)

[ECE: 123456] Adds information for extended channel to barcodes

[APPEND:m,n,id1,id2]
[APPEND:x,id] Adds information for linked barcodes
[ANSI_DI] Adds information for ANSI - data identifier
[ANSI_AI] Adds information for ANSI - application identifier

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 33

34 34

I M P O R T A N T !!

All measurements of the examples in this manual are in millimeters, as long as it is not explicit
mentioned in the examples.

The examples will not work properly when „country“ is set to USA in the printer´s setup menu.
(In that case the printer would calculate in Inches by default)

Select „Country = United Kingdom“ in the setup menu of the printer, or add „m m CR“
for metric measurement setting in the first line of your label example.

We highly recommend to add the mesurement command at the beginning of all of your labels, to avoid
trouble with a different setup of the printer, unless we did not show this command always in our
examples in this manual to keep the examples as small as possible.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 34

35 Chapter 3: ESC Commands 35

ESC commands
are responsible for status queries, control functions, memory management etc. and are usually
executed immediately, i.e. even if a printing job runs. They are not absolutely required to print labels,
but they offer additional features and possibilities.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

ESC commands cannot be handled by the most text editors. All other commands can be transmitted to
the printer by using simple text editors.

ESC commands are used for activating printers via RS-485, while the printers are „listening“ to the bus,
for resetting printers, requesting for free memory or for getting a direct status request.
Details about each command are described on the following pages.

Partially it is required that a bidirectional connection to the attached computing system is

established. This will be mentioned at each command if required.
ESC is ASCII 27 or 1B HEX

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 35

36 36

ESCESC Replaces ESC in binary data

ESC ESC is used to replace single ESC (ASCII 27 or Hex 1B) in binary data to avoid unexpected
reactions of the printers if graphics or fonts are downloaded.

Graphics or fonts may contain data which can be identical to a ESC printer command. Replacing these
ESC characters into double ESCs will tell the printer that this is part of a graphics or part of a font.

Data formats must be checked before they are transmitted to the printer.

File transfer through a FTP connection requires no data conversion if the file is downloaded to the
memory card.

Syntax: ESCESC

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 36

37 37

ESC!ESC! Hard Reset

forces the printer to perform a hard reset. This has the same effect as turning the printer off and on
again.

Syntax: ESC!ESC!

The system starts up with the preset default values and shows in the display that data can be received.
The display message depends on the preset language selection.

The printer is not able to receive data when the Hard Reset is accomplished. Please
wait until the printer is restarted again and shows - in english language -"Ready" in
the display to receive data. Otherwise incoming data is discarded.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 37

38 38

ESC* Activate all RS-485 printers

Activates all printers in a RS-485 network at the same time.

Syntax: ESC*

Sends the following data to all attached printers at the same time. This function is only available for
printers which are (optional) equipped with the RS485 interface.

Please note that this optional interface hardware is not available for all label printing systems.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 38

39 39

ESC. Start and stop value for binary data

Start and Stop value for binary data.

Syntax: ESC.

To transmit binary data -such as graphics or fonts etc. - it is highly recommended to use this method of
data transmission. All ESC characters in a binary file have to be replaced by a double ESC (ESCESC)
to avoid unexpected reactions by the printer.

A binary constellation -for example- which contains ESC c would be interpreted as „CANCEL JOB“, as
soon as it is received by the printer. Therefore all ESC characters should be exchanged.

Data transmission through ftp requires no conversion.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 39

40 40

ESC: Start description of binary data

Start description of binary data

Syntax: ESC:

cab printers offer a limited possibility to download data without converting them previously. (see also
ESC. )
In this case ESC: is required as start sequence, followed by the binary data and finished with ESCend-
of-data.

Note: The binary data cannot contain any ESC character (ASCII 27 or HEX 1B) ! This would be
automatically misinterpreted by the system.
ESC: cannot be used in networks

The better and cleaner way to download binary data is the usage of ESC. We highly recommend
to use the sequence.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 40

41 41

ESC< Back feed of the material behind the photocell

Back feed material behind the photocell

Syntax: ESC<

The ESC< enables the printer to pull the label backward behind the internal photocell which detects the
gap of the material.
This function is only available on printing systems which are equipped with additional mechanics to
control the material. ( Hermes - applicator series). Otherwise labels would slip out of the feed roller.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 41

42 42

ESC? Request for free memory

query for free printer memory input buffer - printer returns a response of 0...9 through its interface.

Syntax: ESC?

value percentage of free memory

0 = 0-9%
1 = 10-19%
2 = 20-29%
3 = 30-39%
4 = 40-49%
5 = 50-59%
6 = 60-69%
7 = 70-79%
8 = 80-89%
9 = 90-99%

Bidirectional communications must be enabled on the requesting computer.

ESC is ASCII 27 or 1B HEX

EOS series printers do not support this command for some technical reasons.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 42

43 43

ESCa abc-status

Request for abc-status. (Response: XNNNNN)

(abc = a-series basic compiler)

Syntax: ESCa

X = Condition abc,
I = idle,
C = compiling,
R = running,
E = error,
S = syntax error during compilation

NNNNN = current line numbers (empty lines will not be counted!)

A short descripton about abc and the available abc commands is shown later in this
manual.

Bidirectional communications must be enabled on the requesting computer.

ESC ist ASCII 27 bzw. Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 43

44 44

ESCc - Cancel Printjob

The current printjob will be cancelled when this command is received by the printer. Equivalent to
pressing the „CANCEL“ button on the printer.

Syntax: ESCc

Additional labels will processed if they are in the buffer. Please see also „ESCt“ command.

Wait for minimum one second before transmitting additional data, otherwise the
printer will not recognize the following commands.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 44

45 45

ESCend-of-data End description of binary data

End description of binary data.

Syntax: ESCend-of-data

Finishes the download of binary data. ESC: must be used first, followed by the binary data and closed
by ESCend-of-data. Used for font and graphics download.

Note: ESCend-of-data cannot be used in a RS-485 network!

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 45

46 46

ESCf formfeed

formfeed - This command is equal to pressing „feed“ on the printer. Causes the printer to search the
start position of the next label.

Syntax: ESCf

Sending a „ESC f“ is a simple method to see immediately if an attached printer receives

data and if the connection is setup properly.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 46

47 47

ESCg Print start command

Causes the printer to start printing.(Only Hermes+ with attached applicator)

Syntax: ESCg

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

The applicator types 5114 and 5116 are not supported.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 47

48 48

ESCi Send value from the INF-memory

ESCi responds the last value of the INF memory.This can be used to get the value of the last printed
label. The value uses the current selected codepage and is finished with a carriage Return.

For more details please view the [WINF] command, which writes to the INF memory - described in the
section of „Special commands“.

Syntax: ESCi

Bidirectional communications must be enabled on the requesting computer.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 48

49 49

ESCj Request for the latest printed job

ESCj is used together with the command " j " -described later in this manual. Using this command
responds the name of the latest printed job. Can be used to get information about, if the print job was
finished successfully.
The responded value uses the current selected codepage and ends with a carriage return.

Syntax: ESCj

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T 25,25,0,3,13;Beer
A1

ESCj

would generate a generic name if the " j " commmand has not been used and could look
like this:

FTP-20091031-14:38:15

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T 25,25,0,3,13;Beer
j another way to control the printer
A1

ESCj

would respond:
another way to control the printer

Bidirectional communications must be enabled on the requesting computer.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 49

50 50

ESCI Request of synchronisation info

ESCI (small letter L) sends information if labels are synchronized and if they are in print position.
Delivers also the information about the measured label distance.

Syntax: ESCl

Answer: XNNNN

X = Paper synchronized ( Y/N )

NNNN = Label distance in millimeters

If the distance is unknown, the response will be „0000“

Bidirectional communications must be enabled on the requesting computer.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 50

51 51

ESCo Change the codepage

ESCo tells the printer to change the codepage for the next print job. This temporarily overwrites the
settings of the printer´s setup menu. After the restart of the printer the settings of the setup menu are
valid.

Syntax: ESCo<codepage>;

Valid values for the codepages are:

ISO-8859-1 windows-1255

ISO-8859-2 windows-1256

ISO-8859-3 windows-1257

ISO-8859-4 IBM437

ISO-8859-5 IBM737

ISO-8859-6 IBM775

ISO-8859-7 IBM850

ISO-8859-8 IBM852

ISO-8859-9 IBM857

ISO-8859-10 IBM862

ISO-8859-13 IBM864

ISO-8859-14 IBM866

ISO-8859-15 IBM869

ISO-8859-16 macintosh

windows-1250 IBM500

windows-1251 DEC-MCS

windows-1252 KOI8-R

windows-1253 IBM720

windows-1254 UTF-8

The ESCo command must be sent before the label data is transmitted !

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 51

52 52

ESCo Change the codepage

Example: ESCoUTF-8;
m m
J
H75
S l1;0,0,50,54,100
T 10,10,0,5,pt20;Hallo
A 1

This example transmits the data temporarily in UTF-8 format. Wrong codepage
settings may result that especially special international characters will be printed
wrong.
Normally the codepage on the printer side must be the same as on the attached
computer side. This command helps to avoid unexpected replacement characters if
there is a mismatch between the PC codepage settings and the printer settings.
The new transmitted codepage will be shown in the printers setup menu and also on
the status printout as long as the printer is powered up. After a restsrt the "original"
value from the setup is recalled.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 52

53 53

ESCp0 End printer´s pause mode

ends the printer´s pause mode. PAUSE on the printer´s front panel extinguishes and the printjob in the
buffer proceeds.

Syntax: ESCp0

Note: This command cancels also existing errors when they are shown in the display of
your printer.
- Same function like pressing the Pause button on the navigation pad.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 53

54 54

ESCp1 Set printer into pause mode

causes the printer immediately to set the pause mode. This command has the same function such as
pressing the „PAUSE“ button on the printer. The printer stops after the current label is fully printed.

Syntax: ESCp1

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 54

55 55

ESCs Printer status query

ESCs Printer status query,which responds through the interface

Syntax: ESCs

Answer: XYNNNNNNZ

where:

X = Online (Y=Yes, N=No)

Y = Type of error:

NNNNNN = amount of labels to print

Z = Interpreter active (Y=Yes = print job is in process,

N=No= printer in Standby mode)

Error types:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No error
a ---- Applicator error- ----- Applicator did not reach the upper position (1)
b ---- Applicator error- ------ Applicator did not reach the lower position (1)
c ---- Applicator error– ------------------------------ Vacuum plate is empty (1)
d ---- Applicator error- ------------------------------------- Label not deposit (1)
e ---- Applicator error- ----------------------------------------- Host stop/error (1)
f ----- Applicator error- -------------------------- Reflective sensor blocked (1)
g ---- Applicator error --------------------------------------- Tamp pad 90° error
h ---- Applicator error ----------------------------------------- Tamp pad 0° error
i ----- Applicator error -------------------------------- Table not in front position
j ----- Applicator error -------------------------------- Table not in rear position
k ---- Applicator error --------------------------------------------------- Head liftet
l ----- Applicator error -------------------------------------------------- Head down
m ------------------------------------------------------------- Scanresult negative(2)
n ------------------------------------------------------------- global Network error (3)
--------------------------- (this can be: no link, no timeserver, no SQL client,
--------------------- no SMTP server,no DHCP server or IP adress conflict)
o -------------------------------------------------------------- Compressed air-error
r ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- RFID -error
s ------------------------------------ System fault (immediately after power on)
u ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- USB error
x ---- Stacker full - printer goes on Pause (only with a specified cutter)

... continued on the next page...

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 55

56 56

ESCs Printer status query

Error types: (continued)

A ------------------------------ Applicator error (only older firmware releases)

B --------------------------------------------- Protocol error/ invalid barcode data
C ------------------------------------------------------------------ Memory card error
D ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Printhead open
E ----------------------------------------- Synchronization error (No label found)
F ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Out of Ribbon
G --------------------------------------------------------------- PPP reload required
H -----------------------------------------------------------Heating voltage problem
M ------------------------------------------------------------------- Cutter jammed (4)
N ----------------------------------------------- Label material too thick (cutter) (4)
O ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Out of memory
P -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Out of paper
R- ----------------------------------- Ribbon dectected in Thermal direct mode
S ------------------------------------------------------------Ribonsaver malfunction
V ---------------------------------------------------------------- Input buffer overflow
W ------------------------------------------------------------ Print head overheated
X -------------------------------------------------------------------- External I/O error
Y ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Print head error
Z ----------------------------------------------------------------- Printhead damaged

Bidirectional communications must be enabled on the requesting computer.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 56

57 57

ESCs Printer status query

Note: Immediately when a job has started the printer will send a Y and sets this value back to N when
the last label of this job is printed.

(1) This status request can only be processed on printing systems which are equipped with an
attached applicator !

(2) Scanresult negative requires an optional barcode scanner. The availability of the optional barcode
scanner depends on the printing system.

(3) Network error: Only on printers with the built in network interface. (No print server)

(4) Error messages for optional devices such as „cutter jammed“ depend on the availability of the
optional device and may vary between different printer types. i.e. No cutter errors on Hermes+
applicators (These options are not available for these models.)

Status requests should not be sent in very short cycles ! Minimum time between a status request
should be not less than 0.5 seconds. It might be that this value needs to be increased under some
circumstances.

Bidirectional communications must be enabled on the requesting computer.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 57

58 58

ESCt total cancel

ESC t = total cancel - terminates the current printjob and clears the complete input buffer.
Resets also errors in the display. Same effect like pressing „Cancel“ button on the control panel for 3
seconds.

Syntax: ESCt

Please see also ESCc which cancels only the current print job.

Wait for minimum three seconds before transmitting additional data, otherwise the
printer will not recognize the following commands, as cancelling a job requires
some time.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 58

59 59

ESCz Extended status request

ESC z = extended status request which is also accessible using the PEEK „xstatus“ in abc.

Syntax: ESCz

Answer: ABCDEFGHIJKL CR

A = Y= Printer is paused
B = Y= Printer has a job
C = Y= Printer not ready for print data
D = Y= Paper is moving
E = Y= Ribbon warning (hardware dependend)
F = Y= Paperend warning (hardware dependend)
G = Y= Label in demand position
H = Y= Label on vacuum plate (hardware dependend)
I = Y= Applicator ready (hardware dependend)
J = Y= External pause signal active (hardware dependend)
K = Y= External print signal active (hardware dependend)
L = Y= Printhead Cleaning required (cleaning interval)

All characters are normally N (with the exception of "I" - applicator ready). In addition to ESCs this
string is finalized with a carriage return, which allows additional status information in the future.

Bidirectional communications must be enabled on the requesting computer.

ESC = ASCII 27 or Hex 1B

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 59

60 Chapter 4: Immediate commands 60

Immediate commands

Instructions with (almost) lowercase letters are used for adjustments and settings which must not
have something to do with the current printjob. They are active as long as the printer is powered up or
when these values get overwritten.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 60

61 61

<ABC> - Start of the abc Basic Compiler

This command starts the internal Basic compiler. The Basic compiler offers the functions of the basic
programming language "YABASIC“. The usage of abc (advanced basic compiler) requires good
programming knowledge.

abc can be used to create functionalities which are not covered by JScript. The usage of the basic
compiler could be to convert incoming data into a format which can be processed by the printer
(JScript) or for additional calculations and further influence on the printer.
So an additional programming language is available as standard function in your printer if required.

Syntax: <ABC>CR

Possible usage is to convert text strings - sent by a scale into JScript, or to convert incoming data
which was prepared for competitive printers into an understandable format for cab printers.

See also the command: </ABC> End of the abc Basic Compiler.

abc is not an emulator !! More information can be found in the „abc a-series basic compiler“ chapter -
later in this manual. There we describe also more possibilites about abc.
abc is not required for the programming of „standard labels“, but it offers nearly unlimited functions.
abc is still a beta release.

Detailed information about Yabasic can be found at http://www.yabasic.de

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 61

62 62

</ABC> - End of the abc Basic Compiler

Sets the end mark for the abc compiler (internal BASIC language)

Syntax: </ABC>CR

See also: <ABC> - Start of the abc Basic Compiler.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 62

63 63

<ENCRYPTED LABEL...> - Start of an ENCRYPTED label

This command marks the start of an encrypted label file, followed by the board number.

Important: This command requires additional action from the manufacturer of your printer. It cannot be
used without the manufacturers support.

Syntax: <ENCRYPTED LABEL; nnnnnnnnnnnn>CR

nnnnnnnnnnnn = unique mainboard number

Each mainboard has a unique serial number which can be used beneath a lot of other features to
encrypt label contents to protect your programming work.

Label encryption needs to be done by the manufacturer or by authorized resellers only !

A label which looks like this here:

J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 10,10,0,3,5;Test label, encrypted
A 1

may look like the 2 lines below after it is encryped.

<ENCRYPTED LABEL: 111063523313>

r??@,?h??)(?H=J??2?*?r0?e???1??H??7?‘Q>

This file can then be loaded for example from a memory card. It will only execute on this specific printer
with the serial number "111063523313"

Please contact the representative retailer if you need more details.

The description of this command has been added for your understanding, just in case if you are
confronted with this command in the ASCII dump mode.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 63

64 64

<ENCRYPTED JOB> - Start of an ENCRYPTED job

This command starts a previously encrypted print job.

Syntax: <ENCRYPTED JOB>CR

Encrypted printjobs need some special support from your retailer.

The description of this command has been added for your understanding, just in case if you are
confronted with this command in the ASCII dump mode.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 64

65 65

</ENCRYPTED JOB> - End of an ENCRYPTED job

This command finishes an encrypted print job.

Syntax: </ENCRYPTED JOB>CR

Encrypted printjobs need some special support from your retailer.

The description of this command has been added for your understanding, just in case if you are
confronted with this command in the ASCII dump mode.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 65

66 66

; - Comment line

The semicolon „ ; „ is used to identify a comment line. Comments may be placed anywhere in your
program code, in a separate line.

Comment lines are ignored by the printer.

Comment lines are very helpful to keep a better overview on the programming data.

Syntax: ; comment line CR

Example: ; My first label - Jobstart

; m m sets the printer to measurement"Millimeters"
m m
; "J" starts my print job
J
; set size of the label
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
; create a text line
T 10,40,0,3,16;Hello
; print one label with the command "A" (amount)
A 1

Please note that comment lines need additional time to be transmitted to the printer. Avoid to use
comments for time critical situations, to save a bit transmission time. On the other hand we
recommend to add enough comments just in case you need some details in the future.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 66

67 67

a - ASCII Dump Mode

The a command starts the ASCII dump mode. The ASCII dump mode shows all received data and is a
very important instrument to detect wrong data in the program code.
The printer´s LCD panel shows „ASCII dump mode“ in the selected language.
All received data is printed „transparent“ and the printer doesn´t interpret it.

The ASCII Dump Mode is also selectable through the navigator pad or through the touch screen
(depending on the printer type).

Note: After ASCII Dump Mode is selected you must confirm this selection with the ENTER button of the
navigator pad.

Syntax: a CR

The following data creates a label with one line of text. Please view the picture below which shows the
same label in ASCII Dump mode.

Example: a
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T 25,25,0,3,10;ASCII Dump Mode
A1
f

If „protocol errors“ are shown on the label means, that there is a mistake in the program code! The
printer is still okay but one or more mistakes are in the program code. Check the code and correct the
mistake there.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 67

68 68

a - ASCII Dump Mode

The following example shows that something is wrong in the text line. We used a font (font number 20
which is marked in bold characters in the sample below and which is not available in the printer. This is
recognized by the printer which points us to the line which needs to be corrected.

There is no list of "possible protocol errors" as nearly everything which can not be interpreted by the
printer can be shown in the printer´s display or in the printout of the ASCII dump mode.
Pressing the blinking "pause button" skips the most protocol errors and finishes the label (unless there
is some content which is totally wrong or if no label size is defined)

Pressing the printer´s "cancel button" leaves the ASCII dump mode.

Example:
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T 25,25,0,20,13;ASCII Dump Mode
A 1
f

If „protocol errors“ are shown on the label this means, that there is a mistake in the program code.
In our example we selected a font type ( number 20) which does not exist.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 68

69 69

c - Direct cut

The c command causes that the printer cuts the label after it is completely printed.
If required, the printer will do a formfeed after the cut is processed.
More cutter commands are shown at "C- cut parameters".

Syntax: c CR

The printer shows „Protocol error c<--“ on the display if no cutter is attached.
Dieser Befehl ist bei den Drucksystemen Hermes+ und dem PX - Modul nicht vorhanden.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 69

70 70

d - download data (pictures, fonts etc...)

The d command is used to download data files to the printer. It is used to download graphics, fonts,
databases and serial files (temporary files). Maximum downloadable pictures per label is limited
to 256. Two methods are available to download such data to the printer:

1st Method:
The procedure which we highly recommend, unless this requires that the data has to be prepared for
downloading.

Syntax: d type;name[SAVE] [B:± value]CR ESC.binary data ESC.

2nd Method:
will transmit the data as it is, but it may occasionally misinterpret embedded ESC characters in the data
as a printer command. ( i.e. ESC t would be misinterpreted as memory reset).

Syntax: d type;name[SAVE] [B:± value]CR ESC:binary data ESCend-of-data

d = download data

type = the type of data that will follow, using standard file name extensions

Graphic formats:
BMP - Windows bitmap format Monochrome, 256 Colors, 24
Bit Truecolor, plane only,
uncompressed
GIF - Graphic Interchange Format (GIF 87a and GIF 89a)
IMG - GEM Image format Monochrome
MAC - MacPaint format
PCX - Paintbrush format Monochrome, 16 and 256colors
PNG - Portable Network Graphics
TIF - TIFF Format© Aldus Corp. Monochrome, Greyscale
and color. (4Bit and 8Bit per
pixel, RGB 8 Bit per pixel)-
Compression: Only packbits
and uncompressed.
ASC - Graphic in ASCII format

Vector font format:

TTF - TrueType font format

Database format:
DBF - dBASE III Database formats (Field type must be text)

others:
TMP - Serial numbering (temporary) file in ASCII format

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 70

71 71

d - download data (pictures, fonts etc...)

name = Filename to be downloaded with a maximum length of 8-digits.

This filename will be recalled on later programming.

[SAVE] = This optional parameter is used for downloading to the printer´s

memory card.
(The memory card commands (M ... explain more possibilities, -
please see there for more details)
The [SAVE] option copies the file from the printers memory to the
memory card.

B: ± value = Sets the brightness of dithering on graphics. Valid values

are ± 20.

We recommend to use monochrome graphics only! The resolution should not be higher than the
printer´s printhead resolution.

B:+5 makes the picture 5 steps darker.

Example: ESC.<graphics data> ESC

= 1st Method for downloading data. Data format is binary, where the ESC
characters (ASCII 27 or HEX 1B) have to be replaced first through a double ESC
(ESCESC) to avoid unexpected reactions of the printer.
ESC commands, (requests etc.) can be used during the download of this data.
The tool "Download.exe" is available on request to convert graphic files.

d BMP;LOGO CR ESC. binary data ESC.

Downloads the graphics: LOGO.BMP to the printer

Syntax: ESC: <graphicsdata> ESCend-of-data

= 2nd Method for downloading data. Data format is binary, starting with ESC: and
followed by ESCend-of-data (ASCII 27 or HEX 1B) followed by ASCII text string
< end-of-data >.
With this method it is allowed that the data stream contains ESC sequences in the
data stream until the ESCendofdata is received.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 71

72 72

d - download data (pictures, fonts etc...)

Example: d TTF;ARIAL<CR> ESC: data ESCend-of-data

We highly recommend to use the 1st Method for data download !!

Example: d DBF;article [SAVE]CR ESC.binarydata ESC.

Downloads the database file article.DBF to the printer.

Database files have to be downloaded with the [SAVE] option, as they are only used together with the
memory card. This function is useful for „small“ databases. Big databases need a long search time for
single records. In this case we recommend the usage of the optional cab Database connector.
See more at the DataBaseConnector command area.

Data can also be saved on a card drive for Compact Flash cards or on a USB memory stick. Please
note, that the CF-cards have to be formatted (erased) in the printers memory card slot. This
automatically generates also the required folders on the card.
Depending on the printer type and on the used memory it is possible that the file names are case
sensitive !

An alternative tool for downloading and editing directly on the memory card is the cab network manager
which connects through the ethernet interface to the printer and which offers more direct access to the
printer.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 72

73 73

d - download data (pictures, fonts etc...)

DOWNLOAD ASCII graphics

ASCII-Graphic format

The stucture is similar to the IMG format, but uses only ASCII characters, to enable a easy usage for
host devices or ERP systems.

Following rules are used:

• all data are hex bytes, i.e. 0-9 and a-f or A-F
• The printer waits for data until the defined picture size is received.
• Spaces and carriage returns can be added on different locations. It is required that a
carriage return is sent at the end of the picture data.
• The image data can be compressed with a simple algorithm which is black/white
optimized.
• The image data are transmitted from top to bottom, each time from left to right. A value
byte 80 stands left of 01.
• The first line describes the width and the height of a picture. Width and height are 16 bit
values each in the Big-Endian format.
• Also if the width is not devidable by 8, it is required that the missing pixel must be
transmitted.

Each line will be transmitted with following values:

• Optional repetition factor, caused by 00 00 FF xx, whereby xx describes the amount of

copies of the current line.
• Picture data - whereby different descriptions are optional possible:

a: Zerobytes are displayed through the amount of bytes.Valid input: 00 to FF.

b: Blackbytes (FF) can also be described through the amount of bytes, beginning
from 81 (81 means 1 time FF, - valid values are 81 to FF ).
c: A directly encoded number of bytes starts with 80 - followed by the amount of data, i.e.
80 03 123456. The amout of transmitted bytes can be between 01 and 7F.
d: A repeated pattern of arbitrary bytes can be initiated with a sequence 00 nn xx, which
means that xx bytes will be inserted nn times.
Example: 00 04 AA generates AAAAAAAA.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 73

74 74

d - download data (pictures, fonts etc...)

The following example shows how a graphic file may look as ASCII data. We download this file
with the name "picture.asc" in the graphics folder of the optional memory card of the printer (or in the
internal Flash File System - IFFS) to recall it with the label data shown on the next page.
The example below is not length optimized. The explanation in italic letters does not belong to the
graphics data.

Example: 0053 0020 CR - describes a picture

with 83 pixels width
and 32 pixels height.
0000FF09 - repeats the current line
9 times
06 - 6 zero bytes
800207F0 - one bitstring, consists
of 2 bytes with 07 and F0
03 CR - three zero bytes
800B007FFF003FFFE7F7FF0000 CR - picture data directly
sent as bit string
800101 82 800103 82 8005E7F7FFF000 CR - picture data, mixed,
compressed and direct.
800107 82 800107 82 8005E7F7FFF800 CR
80010F 82 80011F 82 8005E7F7FFFE00 CR
80011F 82 80013F 82 8002E7F7 82 01 CR
80013F 82 80013F 82 8002E7F7 82 01 CR
80013F 82 80017F 82 8002E7F782800180 CR
800B7F80007F800FE7F0007F80 CR
80017F 02 8008FE000FE7F0001FC0 CR
80017E 02 8008FE000FE7F0001FC0 CR
0000FF04 - repeats the line 4times
80017E 02 8008FC000FE7F0000FC0 CR
80017F 02 8008FE000FE7F0001FC0 CR
800B7F8000FF000FE7F0003FC0 CR
800B3FF000FFC00FE7F0007F80 CR
80013F 82 80047FFFEFE7 83 800180 CR
80011F 82 80043FFFEFE7 83 01 CR
80010F 82 80041FFFEFE7 82 8002FE00 CR
800107 82 80040FFFEFE7 82 8002FC00 CR
800101 82 800407FFEFE7 82 8002F800 CR
8007003FFF00FFEFE7 82 8002E000 CR

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 74

75 75

d - download data (pictures, fonts etc...)

The sample below recalls the graphic file from memory card and prints the image on the
defined position.

Example: M l IMG;picture
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,73,100
I:TEST;3,30,0,2,2;picture
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 75

76 76

d - download data (pictures, fonts etc...)

This sample prints just a single small line. The data is complete transmitted with the label data and
does not contain any non printable control characters.

Example: d ASC;IMAGE1
011B0002
80017FA28001C080017FA28001C0
mm
J
O R,P
H75,0,T
Se;0,0,40,40,30
I:XLine free;3,11,0;IMAGE1
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 76

77 77

e - erase data

The e command is used to erase data from the printer´s memory (RAM), such as fonts and graphics.
Data on the memory card will not be affected by this sequence. Separate commands are available
for erasing files from the memory card. ( see also the „M“ command later in this manual )

Syntax: e type;name CR

e - erase data command

type = The file types being removed, with following valid file
extensions:
Images: BMP, GIF, IMG, MAC, PCX, PNG, TIF
Fonts: FNT, TTF.
(FNT can be used for all font types and IMG can be used for
all picture types)

name = The name attached to the font or graphic when it was

sent to the printer. A wildcard ( * ) may be used to
delete all files of the same type. "name" is not case sensitive.

Example: e FNT;*

Erases all true type fonts which are currently in the printer’s memory.

Example: e IMG;logo

Erases the picture with the name "logo" in the printer´s memory

The printer keeps the received graphic fles in its internal memory until it will be switched off or until
these files will be erased or overwritten.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 77

78 78

f - formfeed

This command feeds the media forward until the top-of-form of the next label reaches the printhead. It
does the same as pressing the feed button on the printer´s control panel.
This process is controlled by the label photocell if die cut label material is used. The printer feeds the
material in continuous form mode in the length which had been selected for the last printed label.
The label photocell is disabled for gap detection and controls only if paper is out.
In continuous form mode the printer counts the steps of the stepper motor to reach the expected print
length.

Syntax: f CR

Example: f CR
f CR

feeds 2 empty labels.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 78

79 79

j - job-ID

Sets the job ID for the current print job / part of the print job. This command is used together with "ESCj".
The printer generates a generic name if the "j" command is used without additional information. This
string has following structure: source interface / label name-date-time.
The "j" command needs to be positioned after the job start command ("J"), otherwise the job ID would
be overwritten.

Syntax: j Job-ID CR

m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T 25,25,0,3,13;Beer
A1

ESCj

would generate a generic name if the " j " commmand has not been used and could look
like this:

FTP-20140631-14:38:15

( "ESC j" is used to show the result. The infomation is sent to the interface )

m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T 25,25,0,3,13;Beer
j another way to control the printer
A1

ESCj

would respond:
another way to control the printer

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 79

80 80

l - Change Language ( country )

Date format, currency, measurement etc. are changed with this command to the country specific
values.
Time and date will be printed as it is usual in the specified country. (See also „Special Content Fields)
The display on the printers LCD will not be changed. (This can be done using the printer´s setup
through the control panel). This command can be used only once in a label.

Syntax: l name CR

l - Change language/country command.

name = DOS short keyboard code for the country. Valid values are:

BE - Belgium / french PT - Portugal

BF - Belgium / flamic RO - Romania
BG - Bulgaria RU - Russia
CZ - Czech Republic SA - South Africa
DK - Denmark SE - Sweden

EG - Egypt SF - Switzerland / french

FR - France SG - Switzerland / german
GK - Greece SL - Slovenia
GR - Germany SP - Spain
HR - Kroatia SR - Serbia

HU - Hungary SU - Suomi (Finland)

IR - Iran TH - Thailand
IT - Italy TR - Turkey
LA - Latinoamerica UK - United Kingdom
LT - Lituvia US - USA*

MK - Macedonia ZH - China
MX - Mexico
NL - Netherlands
NO - Norway *selects measurements in inches !
PL - Poland

The "r" command resets the language to the default value in the printer´s setup

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 80

81 81

l - Change Language ( country )

The following example prints the date, while the " l "command changes the language into
"german", which causes that the date prints in german style: day.month.year ( separated with dots )

Example: l GR
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 25,25,0,5,8;[DATE]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 81

82 82

m - set measuring unit

This command sets the measuring unit for the following label data.
Once it is sent, all following settings in a label are measured in the selected unit.

The printer´s default value depends on the selected display language. For all selectable countries the
measurement is millimeters, with the exception when country USA was set through the control panel.
We recommend to use this command always, especially for international companies where different
programmers create labels as the measuring unit is only changed for the individual label being
printed.

The measuring unit cannot change within one label. All internal calculations are processed in
millimeters, as these values are better to overview and they follow a worldwide standard.

Syntax: m t CR

m - Set measuring unit command.

t = The measuring system desired,

„m“ for metric (millimeters) or
„i“ for historical (inches, tenths and hundredths of an inch).

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 82

83 83

m - set measuring unit

The next example shows the same label programmed with different measurement settings. The result
is the same. The first example is programmed in inches, the second example is programmed with
metric measurement settings. Internally the printer calculates in modern metric units.

Example: m i
J
S l1;0,0,2.7,2.8,4
T 0.79,1.18,0,3,0.2;Measuring Unit
A1

Example:
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T 20,30,0,3,5;Measuring Unit
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 83

84 84

p - pause Printer

The printer is set in the pause mode or removes it from pause - depending on the parameter.

Syntax: p n CR

p - pause printer

n = 0= Pause off
1= Pause on

Example: p 1

Sets the printer into pause mode. If a print job runs, it will stop after the label is printed.
Pause lights on the front panel (if available) and the Pause sign appears in the display.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 84

85 85

q - query Printer

The query printer command is used to get multiple information back from the printer and is e.g.. used
to find out if a font or a picture exists, so that has not to be downloaded a second time. The q command
responds through the printer´s interface. All bidirectional interfaces can be used.

Syntax: q X;name CR

q - query different infos from the printer,where X =

b;name CR = Query for a bitmap font. Answer: Y/N.

Requests the printer if a specified bitmap font is available.

d;name CR = Query for a database. Answer: Y/N

Requests the printer if the dBase database (DBF) file
called „name“ is available on the memory card.

e;name CR = Query for media. Answer: Y/N

Requests the printer if the media (FMT) file called
„name“ is available.

f CR = Query for free memory. Answer: xxxxxxxbytes free

Reports the free (available) memory, which may be used for
downloaded data.

i;name CR = Query for image Answer: Y/N if available in

memory, or C if the pictogram is available on memory card.

l;name CR = Query for label Answer: label name

Requests the printer if a specified label is available.

m CR = Query for the default memory card type

Answer: Format "type, xxx kByte.CR", - The response will
be "No card CR“ if no memory card is attached to the printer

continued on the next page ...

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 85

86 86

q - query Printer

The query command is used to request multiple informations from the printer

q - query , X =

p CR = Query for peripheral equipment

Reports the type of peripheral devices that are connected.
Possible responses are: NONE CR,
CUTTER CR,
REWINDER CR,
DEMAND SENSOR CR,
BLOW ON CR,
TRIGGER CR
(Applicator)

Possible answers depend on the printer type and it´s

available options !! Used to verify if a label can be processed
on the selected printer. Very helpful if multiple printers with
different peripheral equipments are connected.

r CR = Query for ribbon diameter. Answer: diameter of the

ribbon roll in mm.
If the ribbon roll has not been measured, the answer will
be -1
Can be used to get an early warning when the ribbon is close
to be finished.

s;name CR = Query for scaleable fonts Answer: Y/N or C if the font had
been found on the memory card.
This command is used to check if a specified font is available
to find out if it has to be downloaded (again).

t CR = Query for time and date Answer: yymmddhhmmss CR

yy = Year - 2 digits
mm = Month. - 2 digits
dd = day - 2 digits
hh = hour - 2 digits
mm = minutes - 2 digits
ss = seconds - 2 digits
continued on the next page ...

.
cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 86
87 87

q - query Printer

Please see also the ESCs command for status informations

q - query , X =

w CR = Query for the label roll diameter (Available on Hermes+ only)

Answer is - 1 if the printer is out of material or if the actual
value has not been measured yet.
The label roll has to turn a few times until a measurement
value is available.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 87

88 88

r - reset to default values

This command resets JScript to the printer´s default values.

- resets the language

- resets slashed zero setting
- resets the selected measurement system
- erases the fontcache
-sets the date setting back to the selected country in the setup

Syntax: r CR

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 88

89 89

s - set Date/Time

Used to set date and time to be recalled on a label. The printer has an internal real time clock which
keeps date and time. If it is required this command can be used to synchronize the attached device and
the printer.

Syntax: s n[ss] CR

s = Set date / time command.

n = ASCII - string in following format to adjust date and time in the

printer of following format: YYMMDDhhmmss

YY = Year - 2 digits
Year 2000 is the basic value, starting from year 2006.

MM = Month. - 2 digits
DD = day - 2 digits
hh = hour - 2 digits
mm = minutes - 2 digits
[ss] = seconds - 2 digits
(setting of ss is optional)

Example: s 081105091500

Sets printer date and time to:

November 05, 2012 9:15 a.m.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 89

90 90

t - Run Printer Self-test

The printers have multiple built in self -tests. A self test can be processed through the printer´s
control panel (see operator´s manual) or by software.
The printout of the status information may look different on different printer types. Information about
optional equipment, such as interfaces, cutter etc. will only be shown if they are attached.

Syntax: t{n} CR

t - run printer selftest

n = 0 - prints status information

= 1 - prints the font list
= 2 - prints the device list
= 3 - prints the label profile
= 4 - reserved
= 5 - prints the test grid *
= 6 - wireless network status (requires installed WLAN card) **
= 7 - RFID measurement (requires installed cab RFID reader)***

The printer self test prints the information in the selected language of the printer.

* Not available on EOS printers, as the printhead is pre adjusted

** Only available for printers which support the WLAN card (X2 board) or EOS
with WLAN USB-stick.
*** Only available on Mach 4.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 90

91 91

t - Run Printer Self-test

Example: t0 CR

prints the status information

(here we printed on EOS1)

The status printout is different when printed

by different printer types. A detailed
description of the listed values can be found
in the operator´s manual.
Transmitting „t“ without any additional number
causes the printer also to do a status printout.
We had not enough space on this page to show
the complete status printout.

... cut off, as there is not enough space ....

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 91

92 92

t - Run Printer Self-test

The label below shows a list of the printer´s internal fonts. If additionally downloaded, True type fonts
will also be shown on the printout in their current shape, if they had been used in a label before. (see
the font list below)

Example: t1 CR

Prints a label with a list of all existing fonts. ( Font list )

A detailed description about the internal fonts is shown later in the manual where the
usage of textfields is describedand in Appendix C.

The fonts no. 1000 and 1010 (AR Heiti and Garuda) are available as standard fonts only
on EOS printers.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 92

93 93

t - Run Printer Self-test

The label below shows a list of the printer´s device list . It shows all parts which comunicate with the
internal USB interface etc. and shows a rastered printout to improve the printhead functionality.

Example: t 2 CR

prints the list with all attached devices.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 93

94 94

t - Run Printer Self-test

Example: t3 CR

produces following result after the printer feeded a few empty labels for the
measurement process. ( Label profile )

Example: t5 CR

( Test grid ) prints a test grid to control the quality of the printout and is used for the
printhead alignment. (Not available on EOS)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 94

95 95

t - Run Printer Self-test

Example: t6 CR

shows information about the optional wireless network card. ( WiFi status )
(A wireless network card needs to be installed to run this test)

EOS printers require an additional USB-Stick.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 95

96 96

t - Drucker- Selbsttest

Example: t7

prints the RFID measurement info. (Mach 4 only) (RFID measurement )

(The printer must be equipped with the optional RFID unit)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 96

97 97

v - Firmware version

The v command requests the firmware version, release date and printer model. The printer responds
through the interface.

Syntax: v CR

Example: v CR

An A4+/300 printer will respond on this request with following string:

3.37 Jun 26 2014 (A4+/300)

Firmware Release Printer

version date model

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 97

98 98

x - Synchronous Peripheral Signal Settings

The signal bits of the peripheral connector for external connections can be set with this command.
Usage: Together with an optional adapter with electrical protected interface.
The availability of these adapters depends on the used printing system.

IMPORTANT: Never connect any non cab item directly to the printers auxiliary interface !
In all cases you will need an optional adapter with the required interface !!!
Connections directly on the auxiliary interface may damage the printer electronics !
The auxiliary interface does not deliver the following signals directly.

This command controls the status of the output pins. The x command was added to take control over
peripheral device, which is usually other than the offered cab equipment. The four signal bits can be set
as follows:

Control bit 0, set on when a label starts printing

Control bit 1, toggled when a new print job starts
Control bit 2, set on for error
Control bit 3, set on when label is in the peel-off position

Each of these bits can be set or reset for individual needs. The bit signals can be used to control
external - non cab - devices.

To reset all of these bits, use ESC!ESC! (see ESC commands)

Syntax: x m;m CR

x - Snchronous Peripheral Signal Setting Command

m = Mask (hex nibble).

The usage of this command depends on the printer type. The description of the pin assignment can be
found in the available documentation for the optional adapters

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 98

99 99

z - print slashed / unslashed zero

The default setting for the zero character is unslashed. With this command the printer can be forced to
change the style of the zero character. It can be printed as 0 (unslashed) or Ø (slashed).

This command can only be used with internal bitmap fonts. It is not available for internal vectorfonts
(Swiss, Swiss bold and Monotype...) or for truetype fonts: The selected method is valid for the complete
label.

Syntax: z t CR

z - Select slashed zero

t = 0 - (zero - prints slashed zeros (Ø) )

= O -(upper case letter O - prints unslashed zeros (0) )

Example:
z0
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 25,25,0,-3,x9,y9;1000
A1

Prints the number 1000 with slashed zeroes.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 99

100 Chapter 5: Label Format Commands 100

Label Format Commands

Instructions with uppercase letters are used to describe the label itself.
This has a fix structure, beginning with the start command, the description of the labelsize and
description of each object in the label. At the end of the label the printer expects the command
for amount of labels to print.
The printer starts printing when the amount command is received, unless it is suppressed by special
options.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 100

101 101

A - Amount of Labels

The A command is used to define the end of the label definition and to set the amount of labels to be
printed. The printer repeats internally the defined label where the amount is defined by this command.
The label will stay in the printer´s internal buffer, after it has been sent to the printer.
Sending the A command multiple times afterwards will print the amount of labels which is specified by
the A command.

Syntax: A [n] CR

A - amount of labels

n = number of labels to print (Multiple options are available:)

[NOPRINT] = receives and processes the label, but suppresses

a printout. (Used for saving a label on
memorycard). It is also possible to key in [NO]
instead of [NOPRINT]

[?] = printer prompts on its display for the quantity or is

also used to be replaced from any attached computing
system.

[REPEAT] = Repeats the label at the end (makes only sense

together with the [?]option).
It is also possible to use [R] instead of [REPEAT]

[$DBF] = Prints each record of a database. Number of

records = number of labels.

A - without any value prints until the print job is cancelled (Infinite amount
of labels)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 101

102 102

A - Amount of Labels

Example: J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 25,10,0,5,8;LABEL PRINTER
A 550

Prints 550 labels with the text line: „LABEL PRINTER“

Example: J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 25,10,0,5,8;LABEL PRINTER
A

Prints "infinite" amount of labels

Example:
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 25,25,0,3,4;Suppress Printout
A [NOPRINT]

Transmits the label for further usage into the label buffer. The Printout is suppressed with
the [NOPRINT] option.

It is also possible to shorten the [NOPRINT] option into [NO] - which has the same
function.

Example: J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 25,25,0,3,8;[?:Input?]
A [?]

Requests the user (on the printer´s display) for data entry ( [?:Input?] ) and prompts for
the amount of labels to print.
The data entry will be done through the printers control panel or through an optional
attached PC-keyboard, a barcode scanner or through the navigation pad at the printer.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 102

103 103

A - Amount of Labels

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,73,100
E DBF;CDPLAYER
T:IDX;25,225,0,3,5;[SER:100]
T0,40,0,3,6;>>[DBF:TYP,IDX,NAME]<<
A [$DBF]

Prints all records of the database CDPLAYER.DBF, where the serial numbering function is
used to create the index file, starting at 100.

Example:
mm
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
OR
T 25,25,0,3,4;PRINT
A [?,R]

Repeats the request for the amount of labels.

Special function: Transmitting „A“ without parameter causes the printer to print a infinite
number of labels.
Don´t forget the „carriage return“ after the last command in the label !

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 103

104 104

B - Barcode Definition

The B command defines a barcode field in the label format. The most common barcode types are
supported by the printers.

The parameters for each barcode are different, depending on the selected barcode type.
Barcodes can be printed in one of four different directions (0°,90°,180° and 270°). Height and width of
the barcode elements are adjustable for the most barcodes. Human readable text lines can be easily
added. (As far as the barcode supports that option). The maximum number of barcodes per label is
limited to 100 barcodes. (Which should be enough for a standard application).

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,type[+options],size;text CR

B - Barcode field

[:name;] = Optional fieldname

x = X - Coordinate

y = Y - Coordinate

r = Rotation

type = Barcode type

[+options] = Optional parameters

size = Barcode height and width, ratio

text = Barcode data

This is the global structure of a barcode field, a detailed description follows on the next pages

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 104

105 105

B - Barcode Definition

B - Descriptor of a Barcode field, this is identified by the printer that the following
data is used to create a barcode.

[:name;] = describes the field name and is optional. The maximum length
of this name is 10 characters, no special characters allowed. A
field name can be used for further operations, such as
calculations ,as linked field, for field replacements or for the
enhanced usage when downloaded to a memorycard etc.
The field name must be unique in each label.

x = The x - coordinate is the horizontal start position of a barcode

(in millimeters or inches), the distance between the left margin
of a label and the upper left corner of the barcode.

y = The y - coordinate is the vertical start position of a barcode,

the distance between the top margin of a label and the upper
left corner of the barcode.
The maximum coordinate depends on the printer type. Please
refer to the operator´s manual.

r = Rotation - Rotates a barcode in 4 directions. Valid values are 0,

90, 180 and 270.
Measurement in degrees.

type = Barcode type - This defines the barcode symbology. Barcode

types with upper case names produce barcodes with human
readable characters, while lower case names for the barcodes
suppress the human readable line. The size of the human
readable characters are depending on the selected barcode
type.
More details are shown in the examples on the following pages.
cab printers are able to extract necessary portions of a barcode
name, whichmeans that e.g. EAN-13, EAN 13 and EAN13 will
print identical results.

continued on the next page

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 105

106 106

B - Barcode Definition - options overview

[+options] Depending on the barcode type, several options are available. Which
option is valid for which barcode is described for each barcode type
on the next pages. Following options are available:

+MODxx = offers the possibility to add a modulo check digit to a barcode

MOD10 adds a modulo 10 check digit

MOD11 adds a modulo 11 check digit
MOD16 adds a modulo 16 check digit
MOD36 adds a modulo 36 check digit
MOD43 adds a modulo 43 check digit

The available check digits depend on the barcode type

+WSarea = white space area - prints white zone markers for design
purposes. The white space size defines the quiet zone which is
required for a good scanability of the printed code. „area“
defines the size of the markers which are shown with this
command. (can be also "0" )

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.

+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode

+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode

+XHRI = (Extended Human Readable Interpretation) adds start - and

stop characters (*) for Code 39.
Adds start and stop boxes for Code 93.
Reduces the size of UPC-A and UPC-E (see details in the
examples)

+NOCHECK = suppresses the check digit calculation for variable weight

barcodes (EAN-13 and UPC-A with specific start numbers :20
...29) - following the EAN code specification

+ELx = Error Level sets the redundancy of some 2D barcodes. Valid

values for x depends on the barcode type - please see the
details later in the manual

+RECT = Barcode type DataMatrix can be printed as a rectangle or as a

square. The default value is square. The +RECT option forces
the printer to print this barcode as a rectangle.
continued on the next page

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 106

107 107

B - Barcode Definition - options overview

+VERIFYn = Used to verify the barcode data. +VERIFYn needs a barcode

testing equipment which is available as an option.
If required please ask us for that additional barcode reader and
describe the application. cab offers a solution for 1 D and 2D
codes whereby the scanner is attached through a specific
interface directly in front of the printer.

+VERIFYn does a string comparision with the data received by

the printer plus the calculated checksum. „n“ is the starting
value in millimeters or inches, whatever is set up in your label.

Restrictions:

1. + VERIFYn can be used only once in a label and starts the

scan when the barcode arrives in the read window of the
scanner.
2. +VERIFYn does not work when a barcode is sent as
graphics to the printer. For graphical barcodes use the
„GOODBAD“ function, described later in the chapter.
3. Functionality and technical possibilities depend strongly on
the barcode reader type.

Example:
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
O R
B 10,16,0,CODE39+VERIFY0,20,.5,4;987656789
A 1

continued on the next page

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 107

108 108

B - Barcode Definition - options overview

+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content. Only

good read or bad read will be controlled. Checks the answer on
NoReadString „?“ „n“ is the starting value in millimeters or
inches, whatever is set up in your label.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
O R
B 5,12,0,CODE39+GOODBAD0,5,.5,4;1234567890
A 1

In this example, the scanner starts at 5 mm from top of the

barcode with scanning and verifies only if the barcode is
readable or not ( GOOD or BAD)
NO content check will be done in this case.

,GOODBADn = Controls the readability of barcodes which have been

transmitted as graphics (i.e. by some labelling programs).
Controls only good read or bad read. „n“ is the starting
value in millimeters or inches, whatever is set up in your label.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
O R
I 10,10,0,1,1,GOODBAD0;PICT1
A 1

In this example, the scanner reads the previously downloaded

graphical barcode and does a good read or bad read check.

+VERIFYn, +GOODBADn and ,GOODBADn are available for all

barcodes, this will not be mentioned explicit in the decription of
each single barcode on the following pages.

+CCn = defines the height of a composite line in module width.

Default value is 2 and the maximum value is 99.

continued on the next page

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 108

109 109

B - Barcode Definition - overview

size = Standard Codesize. Defines the height and width of the bars in a
barcode. Height and narrow element is defined for ratio oriented
barcodes. For EAN, JAN or UPC barcodes it is also possible to
define the standard code size which is expressed through
„SCx“. The height calculation includes the human readable
characters if enabled.
Unified barcode sizes of EAN and UPCbarcodes. Sets the size
of the barcode to a defined standard code size.
x is a numeric value (0-9) and the possible barcode size
depends on the printer´s resolution. Used instead of height and
ne (narrow element)

height = Defines the barcode height in the pre selected measurement -

millimeters or inches. The printers will print a grey rastered field
if the barcode does not fit including the white space area on the
label.

ne = narrow element Defines the width of the smallest element of

the barcode. The input is in millimeters or inches. The narrow
element (ne) size depends on the printer´s resolution. One dot
is the smallest possible element - therefor it depends on the
printhead resolution-how big or how small the thinnest line can
be printed. (it is not possible to print a „half“ dot )

ratio = The ratio between narrow and wide bars. (i.e. 3:1 means that
the widebar is three times the width of the small bar)

text = contains the barcode data to be encoded in a barcode.

Depending on the selected barcode type. Different rules are
used for different barcodes. Some barcodes allow only
numbers, some others have a fixed length etc. More
information can be found at the samples of each barcode.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 109

110 110

B - Barcode Definition
The printers will print a rastered area if a barcode would not fit on the label. The printers intelligence
checks this for you to avoid later reading problems. This includes also the required white space for the
barcode readability. Check the barcode witdh, height and x / y positions to make sure that the barcode
is placed correct.

The following picture shows what happens when a barcode is misplaced.

The printer will print a raster instead of a barcode as demonstrated on the following label in the
lower right corner.

misplaced barcode

The printers also allow the selection in the printer setup to switch to „barcode error on“ to verify if the
incoming data is correct for the selected barcode. In case of an error the printer will show an error
message in its display.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 110

111 111

Barcode overview list

Size options on ratio barcodes are different to the size options of non ratio barcodes.
Capital letter for the barcode name produce barcodes with human readable text line, as far as this is
defined in the barcode specs. Capital or lower case letters have no influence on barcodes which are
not specified to have a human readable textline.

Shortcode: For a limited time shortcodes have been used alternatively which are no longer supported.
Therefor we highly recommend that these short codes will no longer be used !! Therefor we added
these short codes to the overview table, in the case if you need to debug some old program code.
Please do not use that for new labels.

Barcode name old Shortcode Ratio 1D /2D code*

2 of 5 Interleaved D yes 1D
Add-On 2 M no 1D
Add-On 5 N no 1D
Aztec Code —- no 2D
Codabar I yes 1D
Codablock F —- no stacked
Code 39 A yes 1D
Code 93 O no 1D
Code 128 E no 1D
Data Matrix W no 2D
DBP (German Post code) —- yes 1D
EAN 8 G no 1D
EAN 13 F no 1D
EAN 128 Q no 1D
FIM S no 1D
German Parcel —- yes 1D
JAN 8 —- no 1D
JAN 13 —- no 1D
HIBC H yes 1D
MaxiCode U no 2D
Micro PDF —- no 2D
MSI K yes 1D
PDF-417 Z no 2D
Plessey X yes 1D
Postnet P no 1D
QR -Code —- no 2D
*1D = One dimensional barcode, 2D = Two dimensional barcode

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 111

112 112

Barcode name old Shortcode Ratio 1D /2D code*

*RSS codes had been renamed by the GS1 Organisation and got the name GS1Databar ....
The original name of this barcode is still used for the programming to keep the compatibility to existing
printers.

Barcode name old Shortcode Ratio 1D /2D code*

RSS-14 - 1D
RSS-14 (GS1 DataBar) composite CC-A - composite
RSS-14 (GS1 DataBar) truncated - 1D
RSS-14 truncated composite - composite
RSS-14 truncated composite - composite
RSS-14 (GS1 DataBar) stacked - stacked
RSS-14 stacked composite - composite
RSS-14 stacked composite - composite
RSS-14 (GS1 DataBar) stacked omnidirectional -
RSS-14 stacked omnidirectional composite - composite
RSS-14 stacked omnidirectional composite - composite
RSS (GS1 DataBar) limited -
RSS limited composite - composite
RSS limited composite - composite
RSS (GS1 DataBar) expanded -
RSS expanded composite - composite
RSS expanded composite - composite
RSS (GS1 DataBar) expanded stacked -
RSS expanded stacked half line -
RSS expanded stacked composite (CC-A) - composite
RSS expanded stacked composite (CC-B) - composite

UCC 128 Q no 1D
UPC-E0 C no 1D
UPC-A B no 1D
UPC-E Y no 1D

*1D = One dimensional barcode, 2D = Two dimensional barcode

A composite barcode contains 1D and 2D code elements.
We highly recommend to read carefully the specifications of the required barcode which is available
from the responsible organisation, whenever a barcode needs to be printed !
The usage of a barcode reader / verifier is also recommended, when barcodes are used, to verify the
contents and the readability of the printout.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 112

113 113

Available check digits:

MOD 10 (numerical data only).

MOD 10 (for MSI is calculated different (Weighting 2/1 instead of 3/1).
MOD 10 GP (2 of 5, Weighting 3/1 + 1, - German Parcel only).
MOD 11 (numerical data only).
MOD 16 (Codabar only).
MOD 36 (CODE 39 only)
MOD 43 (only Code 39 and Code 128).

Code 128 and EAN/UCC-128 use automatically modulo 103 check digit.
EAN-13, EAN-8, UPC-A, UPC-E and UPC-E0 use automatically modulo 10 check digit.

POSTNET uses automatically modulo 10 (without weighting).

DBP is the 12- or 14-digit barcode of the Deutsche Post AG. It uses automatically modulo 10 check
digit with weighting 4/9. It is allowed to add dots and spaces as much as it might be required.

Each barcode has own specs which are defined by the responsible organization who developed the
specific barcode type.
We recommend to read and follow the barcode specifications of the responsible organisations.
It is also recommended to test the printed barcodes for scanability !

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 113

114 114

Startpositions of Barcodes

The picture below shows the start position of barcodes. Please see also the option command „O“,
which offers a couple of possibilities to manipulate the complete label.

Barcodes - printing direction

In the following picture it is shown how it looks when a barcode is rotated. The X and Y starting points
are identical. Only the rotation parameter has been changed. Barcodes can be rotated in an angle of 90
degrees. So rotation 0,90,180 and 270 degrees has been used for the label below.

Home position

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 114

115 115

B - Barcode 2 of 5 Interleaved
Barcode type: 2 of 5 Interleaved

Length: variable, always even.

Valid characters: numeric,
digits: 0-9,

check digits: optional

ratio oriented: yes
Encodes numbers in pairs

The 2 of 5 interleaved (interleaved 2/5) is a numerical barcode which encodes

the numbers pairwise. Automatically a leading zero is added, if the number is odd.
Interleaved 2of 5 can be printed very small as it contains only numeric values.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,2OF5INTERLEAVED[+options],height,ne,ratio;textCR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (2OF5INTERLEAVED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+MODxx = calculation of modulo check digit. ( MOD10 )

+WSarea = white space area
+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required)
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
height = Barcode height
recommended to
ne = Narrow element
obtain the original
ratio = Ratio between narrow and wide bars.
documentation of
text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be
Detailed descriptions at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 115

116 116

B - Barcode 2 of 5 Interleaved

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5,5,0,2 OF 5 INTERLEAVED,10,0.3,3;1234567890
B 5,20,0,2of5interleaved+BARS,10,0.3,3;1234567890
B:Bar3;5,35,0,2OF5 INTERLEAVED+MOD10,10,0.3,3;1234567890
A 1

Prints three barcodes with some modifications (with and without human readable
characters, upper and lower bar and with a modulo 10 checksum.)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 116

117 117

B - Barcode Add-On2
Barcode type: Add-on2 (EAN/UPC Addendum 2)

Length: fixed 2-digits

Valid characters: numeric only

check digits: no
ratio oriented: yes

Add-On2 is an addendum code which is used together with EAN or UPC barcodes.
Mainly used for magazines to diplay the magazine publication release (normally a
2 digit number of the week or month)
The size must fit to the printed size of the EAN or UPC code. We recommend to
use SC sizes with this barcode.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,ADDON2[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (ADDON2)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required)
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly size = Standard Codesize SCx (instead of height and ne)

recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 117

118 118

B - Barcode Add-On2

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 10,5,0,EAN13 ,SC2;402345607891
B 45,5,0,ADDON2,SC2;09
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 118

119 119

B - Barcode Add-On5
Barcode type: Add-on5 (EAN/UPC Addendum 5)

Length: fixed - 5 digits

Valid characters: numeric only

check digits: no
ratio oriented: yes

Add-On5 is an addendum code which is used together with EAN or UPC barcodes.
Mainly used for books (ISBN number (International Standard Book Number) and
magazines to diplay the magazine publication release or the price.
The size must fit to the printed size of the EAN or UPC code. We recommend to
use SC sizes with this barcode.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,ADDON5[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (ADDON5)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to size = Standard Codesize SCx (instead of height and ne)
obtain the original height = Barcode height
documentation of ne = Narrow element
the barcodes text = Barcode data
which shall be
printed. Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 119

120 120

B - Barcode Add-On5

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 10,5,0,EAN13,SC2;402345607891
B 45,5,0,ADDON5,SC2;00399
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 120

121 121

B - Barcode Aztec - Code

Barcode type: Aztec - Code

Length: 2D - Code with variable Length

Valid characters: alphanumeric

Aztec Code is a 2 - dimensional matrix symbol developed by Welch Allyn. It was

designed using the combination of the best characteristics of the first generation
2D codes.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,AZTEC,[+options],dotsize;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (AZTEC)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional 2D barcode reader required)
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.
+ELx = Error Level ( 5 - 95 )

* It is highly
recommended to dotsize = dot size in millimeters or inches
obtain the original text = Barcode data
documentation of
the barcodes Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
which shall be
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 121

122 122

B - Barcode Aztec - Code

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5, 5,0,Aztec+EL55,1;CAB Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG
B 45,5,0,Aztec+EL90,0.6;CAB Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG
A 1

The same barcode contents with variations on error level and dot size.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 122

123 123

B - Barcode Codabar
Barcode type: Codabar

Length: variable
Valid characters: numeric,
special characters: - $: /. +
and special start stop codes (A,B,C,D)
check digits: yes (Mod 16)
ratio oriented: yes

Each character of this barcode is built with 7 elements (bars and spaces), where
the spaces do not contain information. Codabar ist mostly used in medical
environments for photo laboratories and libraries. The exact specifications are
described in the Norm: EN 798. The start and stop characters are additionaly
A,B,C or D.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,CODABAR[+options],height,ne,ratio;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (CODABAR)

[+options] Following options are available:

+MODxx = calculation of modulo check digit (MOD 16)

+WSarea = white space area
+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly height = Barcode height

recommended to ne = Narrow element
obtain the original ratio = Ratio between narrow and wide bars.
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 123

124 124

B - Barcode Codabar

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5, 5,0,CODABAR,12,0.3,3;A12345678A
B 5,20,0,CODABAR,12,0.3,3;A23456789C
B 5,35,0,CODABAR+MOD16,12,0.3,3;A13572468C
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 124

125 125

B - Barcode Codablock F
Barcode type: Codablock F

Length: variable
Valid characters: alpha numeric, max. 2725 Characters
stacked barcode
check digits: yes (Mod 43)
ratio oriented: no

Codablock F: Based on the structure of Code 128, can consist of 2 - 44 lines in a

length of 4-62 characters. Requires big space for printing.
Codablock was developed at a time where more information needed to be
encoded in a barcode, before 2D codes existed. Today Codablock F is a seldom
used barcode, as 2D codes offer better compression and smaller sizes.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,CODABLOCKF[+options],height,ne,ratio;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (CODABLOCKF)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
height = Barcode height
recommended to
ne = Narrow element
obtain the original
ratio = Ratio between narrow and wide bars.
documentation of
text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be
Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 125

126 126

B - Barcode Codablock F

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5, 5,0,CODABLOCKF,12,0.3,3;Codablock F - Test Label
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 126

127 127

B - Barcode Code 39
Barcode type: Code 39 (Code 3 of 9)

Length: variable
Valid characters: alphanumeric, uppercase A-Z, digits: 0-9,
special characters: $ / + % .- and space
check digits:: no
ratio oriented: yes

Code39 is designed to encode 26 upper case letters, 10 digits and 7 special

characters.Start/ Stop characters are added automatically. Invalid characters are
automatically transformed into spaces.
Start/stop characters will be printed as „ * „ when the option +XHRI (Extended
Human Readable Interpretation) is used. Most common ratio for this barcode is
3:1 .The printers convert automatically lower case letters into upper case letters, if
lower case letters are keyed in.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,CODE39[+options],height,ne,ratio;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (CODE39)

[+options] Following options are available:

+MODxx = calculation of modulo check digit (Here MOD 43)

+WSarea = white space area
+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.
+XHRI = (Extended Human Readable Interpretation)

* It is highly height = Barcode height

recommended to ne = Narrow element
obtain the original ratio = Ratio between narrow and wide bars.
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 127

128 128

B - Barcode Code 39

This picture shows the functionality of the WSarea

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5, 5,0,CODE39,10,0.3,3;CAB A3
B 5,20,0,code39,10,0.3,3;CAB A3
B 5,35,0,CODE39+XHRI,10,0.3,3;CAB A3
B 5,50,0,CODE39,10,0.3,3;cab A3
A 1

This example shows how the barcode varies with different options

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 128

129 129

B - Barcode Code 39 FULL ASCII

Barcode type: Code 39 (Code 3 of 9)

Length: variable
Valid characters: alphanumeric, Full ASCII

check digits: no
ratio oriented: yes

Code 39 Extended (Full ASCII) – this encoding variant allows the full ASCII table,
128 characters to be encoded.
Start/ Stop characters are added automatically. Invalid characters are automatically
transformed into spaces.
Start/stop characters will be printed as „ * „ when the option +XHRI (Extended
Human Readable Interpretation) is used. Most common ratio for this barcode is 3:1
.
Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,CODE39FULL[+options],height,width,ratio;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (CODE39FULL)

[+options] Following options are available:

+MODxx = calculation of modulo check digit (Here MOD 43)

+WSarea = white space area
+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.
+XHRI = (Extended Human Readable Interpretation)

* It is highly height = Barcode height

recommended to ne = Narrow element
obtain the original ratio = Ratio between narrow and wide bars.
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 129

130 130

B - Barcode Code 39 FULL ASCII

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 10,30,0,CODE39FULL,20,0.5;Full
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 130

131 131

B - Barcode Code 93
Barcode type: Code 93

Length: variable
Valid characters: alphanumeric,
encodes all 128 ASCII characters including control characters

check digits: yes

ratio oriented: no

Code 93 is a alphanumeric barcode which can contain all 128 ASCII characters
including the control characters. The checksum is automatically calculated by the
printer.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r;CODE93[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (CODE93)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.
+XHRI = Extended Human Readable Interpretation

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 131

132 132

B - Barcode Code 93

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 25, 5,0,CODE93+XHRI,16,0.28,3;ABC123
B 25,24,0,code93,16,0.28,3;ABC123
B 25,44,0,CODE93+BARS,16,0.28,3;ABC123
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 132

133 133

B - Barcode Code 128

Barcode type: Code 128

Length: variable
Valid characters: all 128 ASCII characters

check digits: yes (MOD 103)

ratio oriented: no

Code 128 has a modulo 103 check digit which is the standard check digit of this
barcode. An additional check digit can be added with the +MOD option if required.
Code 128 consists of 3 code subsets. cab printers select automatically the best
subset of this barcode as described in the code 128 specification.The best subset
is the subset with the highest data compression as described in the original specs
of code128.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,CODE128[+options],height,ne;[U:subcode]text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (CODE128)

[+options] Following options are available:

+MODxx = calculation of modulo check digit (MOD43 and MOD10)

+WSarea = white space area
+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.
* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes [U:subcode] = Enables the selection of a specific subcode,
which shall be Valid input: [U:CODEA], [U:CODEB] or [U:CODEC]
printed.

Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 133

134 134

B - Barcode Code 128

Subcode A
contains uppercase alphanumeric characters, special characters and control
characters. The printer can be forced to use subcode A with the option:
[U:CODEA] in the barcode text string.

Subcode B
contains all standard characters, upper case, lower case, special characters and
control characters. Subset B is the default value when data is transmitted.
The printer can be forced to use subcode B with the option:
[U:CODEB] in the barcode text string.

Subcode C
is used to encode exeptional numeric values with a good compression rate.
Encodes pairs of numbers.
The printer can be forced to use subcode C with the option: [U:CODEC] in the
barcode text string.

FNC1 can be added in the barcode data as " [U:FNC1] ". The same procedure can
be used to add FNC2, FNC3 or FNC4.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5, 5,0,CODE128,12,0.3;ABC123
B 5,20,0,CODE 128,12,0.3;ABCxyz123
B 5,35,0,CODE128+MOD10,12,0.3;[U:CODEC]123456
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 134

135 135

B - Barcode Data Matrix

Barcode type: Datamatrix (also called DMC = Data Matrix Code)
(ECC 200 compatible)
Length: 2D - Barcode - up to 2335 ASCII characters or 3116 numbers
Valid characters: alpha numeric all ASCII characters and more

The Data Matrix symbol is a 2 Dimensional symbology used to encode large

amounts of text and data securely and inexpensively. Up to about 2335 ASCII
characters can be encoded in a Data Matrix symbol. We recommend to limit this
to maximum 800 characters, as the most 2D barcode readers have problems to
decode symbols which use a higher amount of data.
The cells of a Data Matrix code are made up of square modules that encode
letters, numbers, text and current bytes of data, and encode just about anything
including extended characters, unicode characters and photos.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,DATAMATRIX[+options],dotsize;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (DATAMATRIX)

[+options] Following options are available:

+RECT = forces the printer to print this barcode as rectangle

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

alternative
+ROWS = sets a fixed amount of rows of the barcode
+COLS = sets a fixed amount of columns of the barcode

* It is highly
recommended to
obtain the original dotsize = dot size in millimeters or inches
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 135

136 136

B - Barcode Data Matrix

The usage of the options +ROWS and +COLS generates a barcode which has
always the same size. The amount of data depends thereby also on the barcode
contents.

Datamatrix Subset
Size numeric alphanumeric
mm capacity capacity

10 x 10 6 3
12 x 12 10 6
14 x 14 16 10
16 x 16 24 16
18 x 18 36 25
20 x 20 44 31
22 x 22 60 43
24 x 24 72 52
26 x 26 88 64
32 x 32 124 91
36 x 36 172 127
40 x 40 228 169
44 x 44 288 214
48 x 48 348 259
52 x 52 408 304
64 x 64 560 418
72 x 72 736 550
80 x 80 912 682
88 x 88 1152 862
96 x 96 1392 1042
104 x 104 1632 1222
120 x 120 2100 1573
132 x 132 2608 1954
144 x 144 3116 2335

8 x 18 10 6
8 x 32 20 13
12 x 26 32 22
12 x 36 44 31
16 x 36 64 46
16 x 48 98 72

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 136

137 137

B - Barcode Data Matrix

The following example shows how the option +ROWS and +COLS creates barcodes in
the same size, but with a different amount of encoded characters.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 25, 5,0,DATAMATRIX+ROWS20+COLS20,1;20_ALPHA_1234567890
B 60, 5,0,DATAMATRIX+ROWS20+COLS20,1;20_ALPHA
B 25,35,0,DATAMATRIX+ROWS20+COLS20,0.5;20_BETA_12345678
B 60,35,0,DATAMATRIX+ROWS20+COLS20,0.5;20_BETA
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 137

138 138

B - Barcode Data Matrix

The encoding and decoding process of Data Matrix is very complex and several
methods have been used for error correction in the past. ECC200 is the newest
and most standard version of data matrix error correction. It supports advanced
encoding and error checking with Reed Solomon error correction algorithms.
These algorithms allow the recognition of barcodes that are up to 60% damaged.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 25, 5,0,DATAMATRIX,1;30Q324343430794<OQQ
B 60, 5,0,DATAMATRIX+RECT,1;Datamatrix
B 25,35,0,DATAMATRIX,1;[U:PROG]
B 60,35,0,DATAMATRIX,1;[U:ANSI_AI]Datamatrix Barcode
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 138

139 139

B - Barcode DBP - German Post Identcode

Barcode type: DBP - German Post Identcode
(DBP - Ident- und Leitcode der Deutschen Bundespost)
Length: 11 or 13 digits
Valid characters: numeric,

check digits: yes

ratio oriented: yes

Developed by the Deutsche Post AG for automated sorting of mails. Base code is
a 2of 5 interleaved barcode with the fixed length of 11or 13 digits and an additional
check digit.
cab printers convert invalid characters automatically into zeroes, while the human
readable shows a hash sign.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,DBP[+options],height,ne,ratio;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (DBP)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly height = Barcode height (min. 30 mm, as described in the specs)**

recommended to ne = Narrow element
obtain the original ratio = Ratio between narrow and wide bars.
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be **Values lower than 30 mm will be automatically increased into 30 mm height
printed. Further descriptions are available at the beginning of the barcode chapter.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 139

140 140

B - Barcode DBP - German Post Identcode

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5,10,0,DBP,30,0.3;2134807501640
B 60,10,0,DBP,10,0.3;56.310.243.031
A 1

The first barcode is defined with a height of 30 mm. The second barcode is defined with 10 mm height.
The printer automatically increases the height of the second code to 30 mm, following the barcode
specifications.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 140

141 141

B - Barcode EAN-8 / JAN-8 (GTIN)

Barcode type: EAN-8 / JAN-8 (European / Japanese Article Numbering)

Length: fixed - 8 digits

Valid characters: numeric,
digits: 0-9,

check digits: yes

ratio oriented: no

The EAN-8/ JAN-8 code is used in retail environment in Europe with a fixed length
of 8 digits. The 8th digit contains the calculated checksum. The printer expects 7
digits, while the 8th digit is calculated by the printer.
JAN-8 is the japanese version of EAN-8.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,EAN8[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (EAN8 or JAN8)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.
+XHRI = Extended Human Readable Interpretation

* It is highly
recommended to size = Standard Codesize SCx (instead of height and ne)
obtain the original height = Barcode height
documentation of ne = Narrow element
the barcodes text = Barcode data
which shall be
printed. Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 141

142 142

B - Barcode EAN-8 / JAN-8 (GTIN)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 10, 5,0,EAN8,SC1;4023456
B 10,26,0,EAN8,16,0.35;4023456
B 10,44,0,JAN8,16,0.35;4900056
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 142

143 143

B - Barcode EAN-13 / JAN-13 (GTIN)

Barcode type: EAN-13 / JAN-13 (European / Japanese Article Numbering)

Length: fixed - 13 digits

Valid characters: numeric,
digits: 0-9,

check digits: yes

ratio oriented: no

The EAN 13 code is used in retail environment in Europe with a fixed length of 13
digits. The 13th digit contains the calculated checksum. The printer expects 12
digits, while the 13th digit is calculated by the printer.
JAN 13 is the japanese version of EAN 13.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,EAN13[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (EAN13)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.
+XHRI = Extended Human Readable Interpretation
+NOCHECK = Check digit (nr. 7) suppression when the code starts with the
numbers 20-29

* It is highly
recommended to
size = Standard Codesize SCx (instead of height and ne)
obtain the original
height = Barcode height
documentation of
ne = Narrow element
the barcodes
text = Barcode data
which shall be
printed.
Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 143

144 144

B - Barcode EAN-13 / JAN-13 (GTIN)

Example: m m
J
AN S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 10,5,0,EAN13,SC1;402345607891
B 10,30,0,EAN13,16,0.35;270072610950
B 10,48,0,JAN13,16,0.35;490005607891
A 1

This example prints an EAN code with standard code size 1 (SC1), an EAN code where
the size is defined and a JAN code with defined size.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 144

145 145

B - Barcode EAN 128 / UCC 128 / GS1-128

Barcode type: EAN 128 / UCC128

Length: variable
Valid characters: ASCII characters

check digits: yes (Mod 103)

ratio oriented: yes

EAN = European Article Numbering

UCC = Uniform Code Council
EAN 128 / UCC 128 is based on Code 128 and contains shipping information.
Additional info on the next page.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,EAN128[+options],height,ne; text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (EAN128) or (UCC128) or (GS1-128)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly height = Barcode height

recommended to ne = Narrow element
obtain the original text = Barcode data
documentation of
the barcodes Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
which shall be
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 145

146 146

B - Barcode EAN 128 / UCC 128

EAN 128 has very specialized contents which are described in the barcode specs
of the responsible organisation. This huge amount of rules have to be used to
create this barcode.

EAN 128/UCC 128 contains application identifiers which are clearly described in
the specs. This barcode needs additionally a start code and some so called
Application identifiers (AI).

The application identifiers are described in the barcode specifications. Allowed

data contents which follows after the application identifiers depend on the
application identifier its self.

A list of possible application identifiers is shown in the addendum of this manual.

(No warranty for completeness and correctness).

Example:
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5, 5,0,EAN128,12,0.3;(00)345678901234567890
B 5,20,0,UCC128,12,0.3;(00)345678901234567890
B 5,35,0,GS1-128,12,0.3;(00)345678901234567890
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 146

147 147

B - Barcode EAN-18 / NVE / SSCC-18 / GS1-128 *

Barcode type: EAN-18 / NVE / SSCC-18 based on (EAN 128 / UCC128)

Length: 18 digits
Valid characters: ASCII characters

check digits: yes (Mod 10)

ratio oriented: yes

EAN = European Article Numbering

NVE = Nummer der Versandeinheit ( German name for this code )
SSCC = Serial Shipping Container Code

More details about this barcode on the next page.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,EAN18[+options],height,ne; text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (EAN128)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

Do not use this barcode unless you have read the specification - available at the EAN organisation in
your country !!
cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 147
148 148

B - Barcode EAN-18 / NVE / SSCC-18 / GS1-128 *

The EAN-18 / NVE / SSCC-18 / GS1-128 is used throughout the supply chain
as an identifier for product tracing and internal control. It consists always of 18
digits.

There is no special command available, as this code is based on EAN 128.

We added this description,as we got multiple requests for that barcode type.

Please see also EAN 128/UCC 128.

Structure:
- The first 2 numbers are the Application Identifier of the EAN-128: (00).
- The first digit of the data field is the extension digit. Currently a „3“ is standard.
- The next 7 digits is the company prefix.
- The following 9 digits are the serial reference number.
- The last digit is the check digit.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5,20,0,EAN128,20,0.3;(00)100653005555555558
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 148

149 149

B - Barcode EAN Data Matrix / GS1-Data Matrix

Barcode type: EAN Datamatrix (GS1 Datamatrix)

Length: 2D code - more than 200 characters

Valid characters: alphanumeric

EAN Datamatrix is a 2 dimensional symbology, where the GS1- organisation plans

to improve the visibility and efficiency of supply chains across multiple sectors

GS1 developed this as a series of standards, to improve supply chain management.

Further information isavailable on the website of the GS1 organisation.
A list of all existing GS1 organisations in the respective countries can be found at
Wikipedia. Search at Wikipedia for: " List of GS1 member organisations ".

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,EANDATAMATRIX[+options],dotsize;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (EANDATAMATRIX) or (GS1-DATAMATRIX)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+RECT = forces the printer to print this barcode as rectangle
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to dotsize = dot size in millimeters or inches
obtain the original text = Barcode data
documentation of [FNC1] can be added to the barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 149

150 150

B - Barcode EAN Data Matrix / GS1-Data Matrix

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5,20,0,EANDATAMATRIX,1;(01)34012345123457(10)12345(17)101231
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 150

151 151

B - Barcode FIM
Barcode type: FIM (Facing Identification Mark)

Length: fixed
Valid characters: A,B,C or D

check digits: yes (Mod 16)

ratio oriented: yes

FIM Code is a barcode which is used by some postal organisations and contains
only 4 patterns: A, B, C or D. FIM (Facing Identification Mark) is designed for
automatic mail sorters.

Syntax: B [:name;]x,y,r,FIM[+options],height;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (FIM)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original text = Barcode data
documentation of
the barcodes Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
which shall be
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 151

152 152

B - Barcode FIM

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5, 5,0,FIM,16,0.3,3;A
B 5,24,0,FIM,16,0.3,3;B
B 5,44,0,FIM,16,0.3,3;C
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 152

153 153

B - Barcode HIBC (Health Industry Barcode)

Barcode type: HIBC

Length: variable
Valid characters: alphanumeric,
uppercase A-Z,
digits: 0-9,
special characters: $ / + % .- and space
check digits: yes (Mod 43)
ratio oriented: yes

HIBC (Health Industry Barcode) is a modified Code 39 with a modulo 43 check digit
and added start and stop characters. Leading "+“characters need to be added
manually to the data string.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,HIBC[+options],height,ne,ratio;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (HIBC)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly height = Barcode height

recommended to ne = Narrow element
obtain the original ratio = Ratio between narrow and wide bars.
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 153

154 154

B - Barcode HIBC (Health Industry Barcode)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5, 5,0,HIBC,12,0.3,3;+123AB78
B 5,18,0,hibc,12,0.3,3;+123AB78
B 5,33,0,HIBC,12,0.3,3;+123AB78
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 154

155 155

B - Barcode ITF-14 * / SCC-14 *

Barcode type: ITF-14 (This code is based on the "2 of 5 Interleaved“ barcode)
SCC-14 (Shipping container code - same barcode type)
Length: 14 digits
Valid characters: numeric, digits: 0-9,

check digits: Modulo 10

ratio oriented: yes - encodes numbers in pairs
The ITF-14 is not an independently barcode.The name ITF-14 is a composition of
the interleaved 2 of 5 barcode.Therefor it is no separate command available.
Here is how it works:
ITF-14 is based on the 2 of 5 interleaved (interleaved 2/5) barcode and has some
restrictions. The length of this code is 14 digits fixed length. It is a numerical
barcode which encodes the numbers pairwise. The first digit is a number which
describes the „logistic variant“ (Packaging indicator) , followed by the contents of an
EAN-13 barcode (12 digits) . The last digit is the Mod 10 check digit.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,2OF5INTERLEAVED[+options],height,ne,ratio;textCR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (2OF5INTERLEAVED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
* This barcode +VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
type is based on +GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.
the interleaved 2
of 5 barcode.

* It is highly height = Barcode height

recommended to ne = Narrow element
obtain the original ratio = Ratio between narrow and wide bars.
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 155

156 156

B - Barcode ITF-14 * / SCC-14 *

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5,20,0,2OF5 INTERLEAVED+MOD10,30,.3,3;3071234567890
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 156

157 157

B - Barcode Maxicode
Barcode type: MaxiCode

Length: 2D
Valid characters: alphanumeric

Uses different Modes

Used for transportation industry

Maxicode is a fixed-size matrix barcode which prints hexagonal dots arround a

circled finder pattern with omnidirectional readability. This barcode is mostly used
used by UPS for package tracking.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,MAXICODE[+options];[ZIPCODE],[COUNTRY],[SERVICE],
. . . . . . . [TEXT] CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (MAXICODE)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.
+MODE = 2,3,4,6 (see also next page)

* It is highly
recommended to text = Barcode data
obtain the original
documentation of Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
the barcodes
which shall be
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 157

158 158

B - Barcode Maxicode
Following modes are available:

Mode 2 - developed for the transport industry, Mode 2 encodes zip codes as
numeric data. Usage in USA.
Mode 3 - developed for the transport industry, Mode 3 encodes zip codes as
alphanumeric data. Usage international
Mode 4 - encodes text messages and has a fixed length of 93 characters
Mode 6 - encodes also text messages of 93 characters. This mode is used for
programming the barcode reader.

Example: ;Maxicode Label

m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
O R
;sample message mode2
B20,25,0,maxicode+mode2;[U:ANSI_TM]96841706672,840,024,1Z12345677
[U:GS]UPSN[U:GS]12345E[U:GS]100[U:GS][U:GS]1/2[U:GS]12[U:GS]N[U:GS]
123 MAIN ST B3F4[U:GS]SALT LAKECITY[U:GS]UT[U:RS]
;sample message mode3
B60,25,0,maxicode+mode3;[U:ANSI_TM]9684170,840,024,1Z12345677[U:GS]
UPSN[U:GS]12345E[U:GS]100[U:GS][U:GS]1/2[U:GS]12[U:GS]N[U:GS]
123 MAIN ST B3 F4[U:GS]SALT LAKE CITY[U:GS]UT[U:RS]
A 1

Please note that there is only a carriage return at the end of the barcode contents and not in the
barcode expression. The barcode must be in one single line
Based on the length of the encoded information it was not possible to display this in another way.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 158

159 159

B - Barcode Maxicode

Example: m m
J
;sample mode3
OR
H 20
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
B 15,14,0,maxicode+mode3;[U:ANSI_TM]96123ABC,222,024,1Z123
45677[U:GS]UPSN[U:GS]12345E[U:GS]100[U:GS][U:GS]1/
2[U:GS]12[U:GS]N[U:GS]123 MAIN ST B3 F4[U:GS]SALT LAKE
CITY[U:GS]UT[U:RS]
;sample mode4
B 65,14,0,maxicode+mode3;[U:ANSI_TM]9612AB,222,024,1Z12345
677[U:GS]UPSN[U:GS]12345E[U:GS]100[U:GS][U:GS]1/
2[U:GS]12[U:GS]N[U:GS]123 MAIN ST B3 F4[U:GS]SALT LAKE
CITY[U:GS]UT[U:RS]
A 1

Please note that there is only a carriage return at the end of the barcode contents and not in the
barcode expression. The barcode must be in one single line
Based on the length of the encoded information it was not possible to display this in another way.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 159

160 160

B - Barcode Maxicode

Example: m m
J
;sample message 5
OR
H 20
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
B 20,14,0,maxicode+mode3;[U:ANSI_TM]96123ABCD,222,024
,Z12345677[U:GS]UPSN[U:GS]12345E[U:GS]100[U:GS][U:GS]1/
2[U:GS]12[U:GS]N[U:GS]123 MAIN ST B3F4[U:GS]SALT LAKE
CITY[U:GS]UT[U:RS]
;sample message 6
B 50,14,0,maxicode+mode2;[U:ANSI_TM]9612345678,840,024,1Z1234
5677[U:GS]UPSN[U:GS]12345E[U:GS]100[U:GS][U:GS]1/
2[U:GS]12[U:GS]N[U:GS]123 MAIN ST B3 F4[U:GS]SALT LAKE
CITY[U:GS]UT[U:RS]
A 1

Please note that there is only a carriage return at the end of the barcode contents and not in the
barcode expression. The barcode must be in one single line
Based on the length of the encoded information it was not possible to display this in another way.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 160

161 161

B - Barcode Micro PDF 417

Barcode type: Micro PDF 417

Length: 2D - Code
Valid characters: ASCII characters ( more than 1000 bytes )

Micro PDF 417 is a multi-row symbology based on PDF 417 and designed for
applications requiring a greater area efficiency but lower data capacity than
PDF417.Micro PDF 417 has a fixed level of error correction.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,Micro[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (Micro)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.
+COLSx = number of columns

* It is highly height = Barcode height

recommended to ne = Narrow element
obtain the original text = Barcode data
documentation of
the barcodes Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
which shall be
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 161

162 162

B - Barcode Micro PDF 417

MicroPDF417 provides for three encoding modes: Text, Byte and Numeric
compaction. Text is for general text. Numeric for encoding data consisting only of
digits and byte to allow for the first 127 ASCII characters but with a reduced level
of efficiency. Four symbol widths are permitted each specifying the number of data
columns (1 – 4). Within each symbol width a variable number of rows provide for a
maximum data capacity of:

Text compaction mode 0: 250 characters (2 data characters per codeword)

Byte compaction mode 1: 150 characters (1.2 data characters per codeword)
Numeric compaction mode 2: 366 characters (2.93 data characters per codeword)
The Level parameter for MicroPDF barcodes set the number of data columns
within the barcode which may be 1 – 4.

Example: mm
J
S 0,0,68,71,100
B 10,10,0,Micro+COLS4,3,0.5;Barcode test label
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 162

163 163

B - Barcode MSI (MSI Plessey)

Barcode type: MSI (MSI Plessey)

Length: variabel
Valid characters: numericsch

check digits: ja (Mod 10)

ratio oriented: ja

The MSI Plessey code is a numeric barcode with variable length and a modulo 10
check digit which is automatically added by the printer. Additional modulo check
digits can be added to this code.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,MSI[+options],height,ne,ratio;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (MSI)

[+options] Following options are available:

+MODxx = calculation of modulo check digit (MOD10 and MOD11)

+WSarea = white space area
+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of ratio = Ratio between narrow and wide bars.
the barcodes text = Barcode data
which shall be
printed. Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 163

164 164

B - Barcode MSI (MSI Plessey)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5, 5,0,MSI,12,0.3,2;1234567890
B 5,20,0,MSI+MOD10,12,0.3,2;1234567890
B 5,35,0,MSI+MOD11,12,0.3,2;1234567890
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 164

165 165

B - Barcode PDF 417

Barcode type: PDF-417

Length: 2D - Barcode
Valid characters: alphanumeric

PDF417 is a high-capacity two dimensional bar code. A PDF417 symbol can hold
approximately 2000 characters of information.
The key characteristic of PDF417 is its large information capacity. This also
explains its name. „PDF“ stands for Portable Data File. PDF417 is designed with
enough capacity to contain an entire data file of information.

PDF417 is used today in a wide variety of applications, including logistics &

transportation, retailing, healthcare, government, identification, and manufacturing
PDF417 uses error levels to ensure a good reading quality

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,PDF417[+options],height,ne,ratio;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (PDF417)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+ELx = Error Level (0-8)
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly height = Barcode height

recommended to ne = Narrow element
obtain the original ratio = Ratio between cells and rows.
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 165

166 166

B - Barcode PDF 417

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 2, 5,0,PDF417+EL0,0.1,0.38,1;cab Produkttechnik
GmbH[U:13][U:10]Wilhelm Schickard Strasse[U:13][U:10]D-76131
Karlsruhe
B 2,35,0,PDF417+EL3,0.1,0.38,1;cab Produkttechnik
GmbH[U:13][U:10]Wilhelm Schickard Strasse [U:13][U:10]D-76131
Karlsruhe
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 166

167 167

B - Barcode Plessey
Barcode type: Plessey

Length: variable
Valid characters: A-F and 0-9

check digits: no
ratio oriented: yes

Plessey Barcode is a seldom used barcode which encoding possibilities are

limited, as only numbers and 6 characters are encoded

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,PLESSEY[+options],height,ne,ratio;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (PLESSEY)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
height = Barcode height
recommended to
ne = Narrow element
obtain the original
ratio = Ratio between cells and rows.
documentation of
text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be
Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 167

168 168

B - Barcode Plessey

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5,20,0,PLESSEY+BARS,12,0.3,2;1234567890
B 5,35,0,plessey,12,0.3,2;1234567890
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 168

169 169

B - Barcode Postnet
Barcode type: Postnet

Length: variable - normally 9 characters

Valid characters: numeric,

check digits: no
ratio oriented: no

Postnet is a barcode which is exclusively used in USA by the US Post Service.

It contains data to route letters to the correct location.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,POSTNET[+options];text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (POSTNET)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = White space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly text = Barcode data

recommended to
obtain the original Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
documentation of
the barcodes
which shall be
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 169

170 170

B - Barcode Postnet

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 10, 5,0,postnet;442120798
B 10,20,0,POSTNET;441361234
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 170

171 171

B - Barcode PZN-Barcode *
Barcode type: PZN-Code (Special version of Code 39 (Code 3 of 9) )

Length: 7 Digits
Valid characters: numeric, digits: 0-9,
check digits: no
ratio oriented: yes

PZN (Pharma-Zentral-Nummer) is a code for medicine identification in Germany. In

Germany it‘s issued by the“ Informationsstelle für Arzneispezialitäten GmbH“,
Frankfurt , Germany. The PZN is based on Code39 and has a fixed length of 7
digits. The last digit is a check digit. It uses the Code39-start sign „*“ in combination
with „-“ as the start sign. The stop sign is the standard code39 stop sign „*“. These
start and stop signs and the characters „PZN „ do not need to be entered in order to
produce a PZN because they are a fixed part of the PZN. The characters „PZN“ are
not coded in the barcode.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,CODE39[+options],height,width,ratio;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (CODE39)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.
* PZN-Code is a
special version of
Code 39
* It is highly height = Barcode height
reommended to width = Barcode width
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of ratio = Ratio between narrow and wide bars.
the barcodes text = Barcode data
which shall be
printed. Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 171

172 172

B - Barcode PZN-Barcode *

Example: m m
J
H 100,8
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 5,17,0,code39,10,0.2,3;-1578675
T 9,30,0,3,3;PZN-1578675
A 1

This example was printed without human readable characters. The human readable
characters have been added in a separate text line to setup the text in a specific size.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 172

173 173

B - Barcode QR-Code
Barcode type: QR-Code

Length: 2DCode
Valid characters: alpha numeric

Omni-directional ultra-fast reading

error correction capability

QR (Quick Response) Code, is a matrix symbology consisting of an array of

nominally square cells, allows omni-directional, high-speed reading of large
amounts of data. Widely implemented in Japan, used in the automotive industry and
meanwhile often to recognize in the regular european life.
Three Position Detection Patterns in the symbol make omni-directional ultra fast
reading possible.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,QRCODE[+options],size;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (QRCODE)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+ELx = Error Level - valid values: 1-4,L,M,Q,H Default =1
* It is highly +MODELx = valid input 1 and 2, Default value is 1
recommended to +VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
obtain the original +GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.
documentation of
the barcodes size = dot size in millimeters or inches
which shall be text = Barcode data
printed. Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 173

174 174

B - Barcode QR-Code

Dirty or damaged symbols can be read.

QR Code has error correction capability. Data can be restored even if a part of the
symbol has become dirty or been damaged.

The QR Code is capable of handling numeric, alphanumeric, byte data as well as

Japanese kanji and kana characters. Some thousend characters can be encoded
using this symbol. Therefore, less space is required. The maximum characters
depend on the character type ( numeric, alphanumeric, kanji ..)

Please refer to the original specification of this barcode before using it.

Example: m m
J
H 150,-5,T
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
B 52,32,0,QRCODE+ELL+MODEL2+WS2,1;Hello world!
B 52,28,90,QRCODE+ELL+MODEL2+WS2,1;Hello world!
B 48,28,180,QRCODE+ELL+MODEL2+WS2,1;Hello world!
B 48,32,270,QRCODE+ELL+MODEL2+WS2,1;Hello world!
A 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 174

175 175

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional
previous name: RSS-Code (RSS= Reduced Space Symbology)
Length: 14 digits
Valid characters: numeric,
digits: 0-9,
check digits: yes
ratio oriented: no

This compact linear symbol encodes a full 14-digit Global Trade Item Number and,
optionally, a code indicating a link with a two-dimensional symbol carrying
supplementary information.

It has the ability to encode up to 20 trillion values. There are actually 15 characters
that make up the barcode, but only 14 characters are encoded.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSS14[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSS14) or GS1 OMNI

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 175

176 176

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional

The first character is a linkage flag which determines if there is a Composite 2D

barcode (see later on the next pages) associated with the bar code. This is the first
character encoded and it should not be included in the DataToEncode property.

The control encodes either a "1“ (true) or "0“ (false) value as the first character in
the barcode based on the property of the barcode control.

The next 14 characters in GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (previously named RSS-14

Code) are the 13 data characters plus an implied check digit. The check digit is not
actually encoded in the barcode (as per the RSS standards), but should be included
as part of the DataToEncode property.
If less than 14 characters are entered in the DataToEncode property, zeroes are
padded to the front after the linkage flag. Non-numeric characters are stripped from
the DataToEncode property.
For a detailed description please refer to the original description of this code -
available at your local GS1 organisation.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS-14 / GS1 OMNI
B 10,15,0,RSS14,10,.3;0441234567890
B 10,45,0,GS1 OMNI,10,.3;(01)04012345123456
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 176

177 177

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar (CC-A)

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar (CC-A)
previous name: RSS-14 composite (CC-A)

Length: 1D Code + 2D Code (Composite code)

RSS-14 composite (CC-A) uses a 1D component and a 2D component. For a

detailed description please refer to the original description of this code - available
at your local GS1 organisation.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSS14[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSS14)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 177

178 178

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar (CC-A)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS-14 composite (CC-A)
B 10,15,0,RSS14,16.5,.5;0361234567890[U:2D](11)990102
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 178

179 179

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar (CC-B)

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar
previous name: RSS-14 (CC-B)

Length: 1DCode
Valid characters: alpha numeric

RSS-14 composite (CC-B) uses a 1D component and a 2D component. For a

detailed description please refer to the original description of this code - available
at your local UCC / EAN organisation.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSS14[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSS14)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 179

180 180

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar (CC-B)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS-14 composite CC-B
B 10,15,0,RSS14,16.5,.5;0361234567890[U:2D](21)abcdefghijklmnopqrst
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 180

181 181

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar truncated

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar truncated
previous name: RSS-14 truncated

Length: 14 digits
Valid characters: numeric,
digits: 0-9,
check digits: yes
ratio oriented: no
Fixed height - 13 times the size of the module width

RSS-14 Truncated has the exact same data characteristics as the Standard
RSS-14 barcode, except the bar height is set to the RSS standard of 13 times of
the X dimension. It is possible to scan this symbology omni-directional.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSS14+TRUNCATED[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSS14+TRUNCATED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 181

182 182

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar truncated

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS-14 truncated
B 10,15,0,RSS14+TRUNCATED,4,.3;0441234567890
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 182

183 183

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar truncated (CC-A)

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar truncated (CC-A)
previous name: RSS-14 truncated (CC-A)

Length: 1D Code + 2D Code ( composite code)

(The 2D component is based on Mirco PDF 417)
check digits: yes
ratio oriented: no
Fixed height of the 1D code- 13 times the size of the module
width.

RSS-14 Truncated has the exact same data characteristics as the Standard
RSS-14 barcode, except the bar height is set to the RSS standard of 13 times of
the X dimension. Additionally it is printed with a 2D compnent for additional
information.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSS14+TRUNCATED[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSS14+TRUNCATED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 183

184 184

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar truncated (CC-A)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS-14 truncated composite CC-A
B10,15,0,RSS14+TRUNCATED+CC3,4,.3;0361234567890[U:2D](11)990102
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 184

185 185

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar truncated (CC-B)

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar truncated (CC-B)
previous name: RSS-14 truncated (CC-B)

Length: 1D Code + 2D Code ( composite code)

(The 2D component is based on Mirco PDF 417)
check digits: yes
ratio oriented: no
Fixed height of the 1D code- 13 times the size of the module
width.

RSS-14 Truncated has the exact same data characteristics as the Standard
RSS-14 barcode, except the bar height is set to the RSS standard of 13 times of
the X dimension. Additionally it is printed with a 2D component for additional
information.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSS14+TRUNCATED[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSS14+TRUNCATED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to
height = Barcode height
obtain the original
ne = Narrow element
documentation of
text = Barcode data
the barcodes
[U:2D] starts the description of the 2D component
which shall be
printed.
Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 185

186 186

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar truncated (CC-B)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS-14 truncated composite CC-B
B
10,15,0,RSS14+TRUNCATED+CC3,4,.3;0361234567890[U:2D](21)abcdefghijklmnopqrst
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 186

187 187

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar stacked
previous name: RSS-14 stacked

Length: fixed - 14 digits

Valid characters: numeric,
digits: 0-9,
check digits: yes
ratio oriented: no
Fixed height - 13 times the size of the module width
This version of the RSS symbology also encodes a 14-digit Global Trade Item
Number. It is presented in two stacked segments. This feature enables making
optimal use of space available. RSS-14 Stacked has two versions, a truncated
version used for small item marking applications and a taller one which is designed
to be read by omnidirectional scanners.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSS14+STACKED[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSS14+STACKED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 187

188 188

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS-14 stacked
B 10,15,0,RSS14+STACKED,12,0.5;0001234567890
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 188

189 189

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked (CC-A)

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar stacked (CC-A)
previous name: RSS-14 stacked (CC-A)

Length: 1D Code + 2D Code ( composite code)

The RSS Stacked composite Barcode utilises an RSS Expanded stacked bar code
symbol a linear component. For a detailed description please refer to the
original description of this code - available at your local UCC / EAN organisation.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSS14+STACKED[+options],height,ne;text [U:2D] textCR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSS14+STACKED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes [U:2D] starts the description of the 2D component
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 189

190 190

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked (CC-A)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS-14 stacked composite CC-A
B 10,15,0,RSS14+STACKED,12,0.5;0341234567890[U:2D](17)010200
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 190

191 191

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked (CC-B)

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar stacked (CC-B)
previous name: RSS-14 stacked

Length: 1D Code + 2D Code ( composite code)

Valid characters: alpha numeric

For a detailed description of the RSS-14 stacked composite code please refer to
the original description of this code - available at your local UCC / EAN
organisation.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSS14+STACKED[+options],height,ne;text[U:2D] textCR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSS14+STACKED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 191

192 192

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked (CC-B)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS-14 stacked composite CC-B
B
10,15,0,RSS14+STACKED,12,.5;0341234567890[U:2D](21)abcdefghijklmnopqrst
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 192

193 193

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked omnidirectional

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar stacked omnidirectional
previous name: RSS-Code (RSS= Reduced Space Symbology)

Length: 1D Code + 2D Code ( composite code)

Valid characters:

Omnidirectional reading

RSS-14 is a composite barcode which has a omnidirectional readability. For a

detailed description please refer to the original description of this code - available
at your local UCC / EAN organisation.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSS14+STACKEDOMNI[+options],height,ne;textCR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSS14+STACKEDOMNI)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 193

194 194

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked omnidirectional

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS-14 stacked omni
B 10,15,0,RSS14+STACKEDOMNI,16.5,.5;0003456789012
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 194

195 195

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked omnidirectional (CC-A)

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar stacked omnidirectional (CC-A)
previous name: RSS-Code (RSS= Reduced Space Symbology)
Length: 1D Code + 2D Code ( composite code)
Valid characters: alpha numeric

Omnidirectional readability

For a detailed description of the RSS-14 stacked omnidirectional composite code

please refer to the original description of this code - available at your local
UCC / EAN organisation.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSS14+STACKEDOMNI[+options],height,ne;text [U:2D]textCR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSS14+STACKEDOMNI)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 195

196 196

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked omnidirectional (CC-A)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS-14 stacked omni CC-A
B 10,15,0,RSS14+STACKEDOMNI,16.5,.5;0003456789012[U:2D](17)010200
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 196

197 197

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked omnidirectional (CC-B)

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar stacked omnidirectional (CC-B)
previous name: RSS-Code (RSS= Reduced Space Symbology)

Length: 1D Code + 2D Code ( composite code)

Valid characters: alpha numeric

Omni-directional ultra-fast reading

error correction capability

The RSS-14 stacked omnidirectional composite barcode has a omnidirectional

readability. For a detailed description please refer to the original description of this
code - available at your local UCC / EAN organisation.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSS14+STACKEDOMNI[+options],height,ne;text[U:2D] textCR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSS14+STACKEDOMNI)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 197

198 198

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar stacked omnidirectional (CC-B)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS-14 stacked omni CC-B
B
10,15,0,RSS14+STACKEDOMNI,16.5,0.5;0003456789012[U:2D](21)abcdefghijklmnopqrst
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 198

199 199

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar limited

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar limited
previous name: RSS-Code (RSS= Reduced Space Symbology)

Length: 1DCode -14 digits max.

Valid characters: alpha numeric

Note: No Omni-directional readability , no application identifier

For a detailed description please refer to the original description of this code -
available at your local UCC / EAN organisation.

Syntax: B[:Name;]x,y,r,RSS14LIMITED[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSS14LIMITED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 199

200 200

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar limited

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS limited
B 10,15,0,RSSLIMITED,5,.5;1501234567890
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 200

201 201

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar limited (CC-A)

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar limited (CC-A)
previous name: RSS-Code (RSS= Reduced Space Symbology)

Length: 1D Code + 2D Code ( composite code)

Valid characters: numeric

For a detailed description please refer to the original description of this code -
available at your local UCC / EAN organisation.

Syntax: B[:Name;]x,y,r,RSSLIMITED[+options],height,ne;text [U:2D] textCR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSS14LIMITED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 201

202 202

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar limited (CC-A)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS limited composite CC-A
B 10,15,0,RSSLIMITED,5,.5;0351234567890[U:2D](11)990102
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 202

203 203

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar limited (CC-B)

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar limited (CC-B)
previous name: RSS-Code (RSS= Reduced Space Symbology)
Length: 1D Code + 2D Code ( composite code)
Valid characters: alpha numeric

For a detailed description please refer to the original description of this code -
available at your local UCC / EAN organisation.

Syntax: B[:Name;]x,y,r,RSS14LIMITED[+options],height,ne;text [U:2D]textCR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSS14LIMITED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 203

204 204

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar limited (CC-B)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS limited composite CC-B
B
10,15,0,RSSLIMITED,5,.5;0351234567890[U:2D](21)abcdefghijklmnopqrst
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 204

205 205

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar expanded
previous name: RSS-Code (RSS= Reduced Space Symbology)

Length: 1DCode
Valid characters: alpha numeric

For a detailed description please refer to the original description of this code -
available at your local UCC / EAN organisation.

Syntax: B[:Name;]x,y,r,RSSEXPANDED[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSSEXPANDED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 205

206 206

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS expanded
B10,15,0,RSSEXPANDED,10,.3;(01)98898765432106(3202)012345(15)991231
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 206

207 207

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded (CC-A)

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar expanded (CC-A)
previous name: RSS-Code (RSS= Reduced Space Symbology)

Length: 1D Code + 2D Code ( composite code)

Valid characters: alpha numeric

For a detailed description please refer to the original description of this code -
available at your local UCC / EAN organisation.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSSEXPANDED[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSSEXPANDED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 207

208 208

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded (CC-A)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS expanded composite CC-A
B
10,15,0,RSSEXPANDED,16.5,.5;(01)93712345678904(3103)001234[U:2D](91)1A2B3C4D5E
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 208

209 209

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded (CC-B)

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar expanded (CC-B)
previous name: RSS-Code (RSS= Reduced Space Symbology)
Length: 1D Code + 2D Code ( composite code)
Valid characters: alpha numeric

For a detailed description please refer to the original description of this code -
available at your local UCC / EAN organisation.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSSEXPANDED[+options],height,ne;text [U:2D] textCR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSSEXPANDED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 209

210 210

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded (CC-B)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS expanded composite CC-B
B
10,15,0,RSSEXPANDED,16.5,.5;(01)93712345678904(3103)001234[U:2D](21)abcdefghijklmnopqrst
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 210

211 211

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded stacked

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar expanded stacked
previous name: RSS-Code (RSS= Reduced Space Symbology)
Length: 1D Code + 2D Code ( composite code)
Valid characters: numeric

For a detailed description please refer to the original description of this code -
available at your local UCC / EAN organisation.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSSEXPANDED+STACKED4[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSSEXPANDED+STACKED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 211

212 212

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded stacked

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS expanded stacked
B10,15,0,RSSEXPANDED+STACKED4,16.5,.5;(01)98898765432106(3202)012345(15)991231
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 212

213 213

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded stacked half line

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar expanded stacked half line
previous name: RSS-Code (RSS= Reduced Space Symbology)

Length: 1D Code + 2D Code ( composite code)

Valid characters: numeric

RSS expanded stacked half line is another code combination which used 1D and
2D components.
For a detailed description please refer to the original description of this code -
available at your local UCC / EAN organisation.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSSEXPANDED+STACKED4[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSSEXPANDED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 213

214 214

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded stacked half line

Example:
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS expanded stacked
B 10,15,0,RSSEXPANDED+STACKED4,16.5,.5;(01)95012345678903(3103)000123
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 214

215 215

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded stacked (CC-A)

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar expanded stacked (CC-A)
previous name: RSS expandend stacked (CC-A)

Length: 1D Code + 2D Code ( composite code)

Valid characters: alphanumeric

The RSS expanded stacked composite code is a mixture of 1D and 2D barcodes

which can contain numeric and alphanumeric components. For a detailed
description please refer to the original description of this code - available at your
local UCC / EAN organisation.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSSEXPANDED+STACKED4[+options],height,ne;text[U:2D]textCR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSSEXPANDED)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes [U:2D] starts the 2 D component
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 215

216 216

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded stacked (CC-A)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS expanded stacked CC-A
B10,15,0,RSSEXPANDED+STACKED4,10,.4;(01)00012345678905(10)ABCDEF[U:2D](21)12345678
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 216

217 217

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded stacked (CC-B)

Barcode type: GS1 DataBar expanded stacked (CC-B)
previous name: RSS-Code (RSS= Reduced Space Symbology)

Length: 1D Code + 2D Code ( composite code)

Valid characters: alpha numeric

The RSS expanded stacked composite code is a mixture of 1D and 2D barcodes

which can contain numeric and alphanumeric components. For a detailed
description please refer to the original description of this code - available at your
local GS1 organisation.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,RSSEXPANDED+STACKED4[+options],height,ne;text[U:2D]textCR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (RSSEXPANDED+STACKED4)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly
recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes [U:2D] starts the 2 D component
which shall be
printed. Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 217

218 218

B - Barcode GS1 DataBar expanded stacked (CC-B)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T 5,10,0,5,5;RSS expanded stacked CC-B
B 10,15,0,RSSEXPANDED+STACKED4,10,.4;(01)00012345678905(10)
ABCDEF[U:2D](21)abcdefghijklmnopqrst
A 1

Please note: There is no carriage return in the barcode line in this sample.
The barcode data must be in one line.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 218

219 219

B - Barcode UPC-A
Barcode type: UPC-A

Length: fixed - 12 digits

Valid characters: numeric only
digits: 0-9,
check digits: yes (Mod 10)
ratio oriented: no

UPC-A is a retail barcode with a fixed length of 12 digits. The 12th digit is a
modulo 10 check digit. cab printers require only 11 digits. The 12th digit is
calculated by the printer.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,UPCA[+options],height;ne,text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (UPCA)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.
+XHRI = Extended Human Readable Interpretation
+NOCHECK = Check digit (no. 7) suppression when the code starts with the
numbers 20-29

* It is highly size = Standard Codesize SCx (instead of height and ne)

recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 219

220 220

B - Barcode UPC-A

Example: m m
J
O R
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 10,5,0,UPC-A,20,0.35;01234554321
B 10,30,0,UPCA+XHRI,SC1;01234554321
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 220

221 221

B - Barcode UPC-E
Barcode type: UPC-E

Length: fixed - 8 digits

Valid characters: numeric,
digits: 0-9,
check digits: yes (Mod 10)
ratio oriented: no

UPC-E is a retail barcode with a fixed length of 8 digits.The 8th digit is a

modulo 10 check digit. cab printers require only 7 digits.The 8th digit is calculated
by the printer.

Syntax: B[:name;]x,y,r,UPCE[+options],height;ne,text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (UPCE)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+XHRI = Extended Human Readable Interpretation
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly size = Standard Codesize SCx (instead of height and ne)

recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 221

222 222

B - Barcode UPC-E

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 10, 5,0,UPC-E,20,0.35;0123456
B 10,30,0,UPCE+XHRI,SC1;0123456
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 222

223 223

B - Barcode UPC-E0
Barcode type: UPC-E0

Length: fixed - 8 characters *

Valid characters: numeric

check digits: yes (Mod 16)

ratio oriented: no

UPC-E0 is a numerical barcode with 8 characters. The 8th character is the check
digit. The check digit is calculated automatically by the printer.
Invalid characters are converted into zeroes.
* A zero suppression converts the barcode into a more compact version. This
offers the possibility to key in up to 12 characters which are compressed into 6
characters by the printer. Inthis case the first character must be zero !!
Detailed information is available by the UCC, Inc ( Uniform Code Council, Inc.)

Syntax: B[:Name;]x,y,r,UPCE0[+options],height,ne;text CR

B - Barcode field definition

[:name;] = field name

x = x - coordinate
y = y - coordinate
r = Rotation 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees
type = Barcode type (UPCE0)

[+options] Following options are available:

+WSarea = white space area

+BARS = Prints boundary lines above and below the barcode.
+UPBAR = Prints a boundary line above the barcode
+DOWNBAR = Prints a boundary line below the barcode
+VERIFYn = Verify the barcode data. (optional barcode reader required )
+GOODBADn = Same function as +VERIFYn without checking the content.

* It is highly size = Standard Codesize SCx (instead of height and ne)

recommended to height = Barcode height
obtain the original ne = Narrow element
documentation of text = Barcode data
the barcodes
which shall be Detailed descriptions are at the beginning of the barcode chapter.
printed.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 223

224 224

B - Barcode UPC-E0

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 10, 5,0,UPCE0,20,0.35;03210000678
B 10,30,0,UPCE0,SC1;01230000088
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 224

225 225

C - Cutter Parameters
The C command is used to set the parameters for the optional cutter or perforation cutter. The cutting
command uses the label counter to cut after a specified amount of printed labels or can be set to cut at
the job end. Additonally it is possible to perform a second cut (double-cut) in one label.
Furthermore an optional perforation cutter is available, which can perforate and which is also able to
do a "regular" cut.

Syntax: C x[,disp1[,disp2]] CR

C - cutting command

x = cutting method - valid parameters are:

amount = amount of labels after which a cut is processed.

Possible values 1-9999

e = cutting at the job end.

Cuts once at the job end which is defined by the "A"
(amount) command.

s = cut at print start (before the first label). This command is

only executed once in the job and can be combined
with " C amount ". disp1 is an optional offset in the
chosen unit.

p = perforate - requires the optional perforation cutter !

sp = perforate at the start of the printjob ( requires the

optional perforation cutter !, and can be combined
with " C amount "). disp1 is an optional offset in the
chosen unit.

disp1 = (displacement 1) - offset to the end of the defined label

disp2 = (displacement 2) - offset to the first cutting position.

(always positive values !)This double cut option offers the possibility
to cut off portions of a label. [disp2] is not available when the „cut
before first label ( s) parameter is used. disp2 is only available for
regular cuts and not for perforations !

Please see also the "O" command to adjust the cutting time ( cutting depth ) for the perforation
cutter. All measurements in millimeters or in inches (see the „m“ command)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 225

226 226

C - Cutter Parameters

Important ! This command must be placed after the label size is defined !! (S - command)
This command requires the optional cutter or perforation cutter.
It depends on your printer type if a cutter or perforation cutter is available.
Applicator models ( Hermes,PX module...) do not support the cutter functionality.

The offset value must be always smaller than the label height.
The cutting commands allow some senseless combinations, especially when a perforation cutter is
used,- there are no limitations. i.e. using the perforation command together with the cut command
" C 1" would always cut after one label and no perforation could be recognized.

The offset value must be always smaller than the label height.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 226

227 227

C - Cutter Parameters

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,9;cut after 2 labels
C2
A10

Prints 10 labels and cuts always after the second label

„Double cut“ possibility: The following example cuts 5 labels and performs a second cut after 2 mm.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,9;Double cut
C5,0,2
A10

Using the Cutter command „C“ together with Replace commands „R“ offers additional possibilities.
(See also „Replace Field Command“)
The next sample shows the usage of the cutter together with the "Replace" command.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:Var1;12,25,0,3,9;cut after 5 labels
C 5
A 100
R Var1;cut after 2 labels
C 2
A 60

cuts the first print job of 100 labels after each 5th and in the second job with a total amount of 60 labels
every 2. label will be cut.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 227

228 228

C - Cutter Parameters

The following sample requires the optional Perforation Cutter.

Example: m m
J
O R
S e;0,0,18,18,100
T 10,14,90,5,4;Perfo
T 15,12,0,5,5;First cut is the deepest
C s
C 4
C p
A 12

This example cuts at the print start ( C s ), does a perforation cut after each label ( C p ) and cuts the
material completely after each 4th label ( C,4,0 ).
All together 12 labels will be produced. ( A 12 ) - the picture below shows just 8 of them...
The label was defined 18 mm high on continuous material.

cut through

perforations

cut through

perforations

cut through

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 228

229 229

D - Global Object Offset

The D command is used to move the complete label content to the specified location. All objects
positions are influenced by this command. The starting point for the label content is shifted by this
values.
The usage of this command is normally if new label stock is used which is not identical to the label
stock which was used up to now.This might be that the side margin of the liner is wider or smaller than
before. The minimum and maximum values depend on the printer type (printhead width and label
length). All measurements in millimeters or in inches (see the „m“ command)

Syntax: D x,y CR

D - Displacement

x = offset value in horizontal direction

y = offset value in vertical direction

All measurements in millimeters or in inches (see the „m“ command)

Example: m m
J
D 30,20
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,7;Displacement
A3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 229

230 230

E DBF - Define Files ( Extension DBF)

E DBF defines a DBase III compatible database file which will be used in the label.

Syntax: E DBF;name CR

E - Define Extension

DBF = Define Database File( .dbf) (*) - tells the printer the database name
for further operations.
Used together with the [DBF] text option,later described in this
manual.

name = File name

Example: E DBF;article

Uses ARTICLE.DBF as external file on memory card or internal flash file system(IFFS). ARTICLE.DBF
must be present on the printer´s memory card (or IFFS) to get access.

(*) Depending on the printer type, and the used filesystem it is recommended to save file names in the
8.3 format (8 characters name and 3 characters extension without special characters) Please note,
that DBase does not support Unicode characters !
(i.e. chinese characters are not supported by Dbase)
Using the DBase functionality is ideal for smaller databases. For big databases and high data volume it
is recommended to use the optional cab database connector as the access for the files might be to
slow. (The funcionality of the cab database connector is described later in this manual).

The dBase file supports Text, Number (max. 18 char.), Date (YYYYMMDD) and Float (max. 20 char.)
Memo fields are not allowed. Please verify that the current firmware is installed before this function is
used.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 230

231 231

E LOG - Define Files ( Extension LOG)

E LOG... defines the name of a external protocol file (LOG file).

Syntax: E LOG;name CR

E - Define Extension

LOG = define file name for the .LOG file

name = File name without the extension ".LOG" !

Beispiel:
Example: E LOG;PROTOCOL

Defines the log file PROTOCOL.LOG for use on printer´s optional memory card (or internal memory).
Used together with the [RLOG] and [WLOG] text options.

Depending on the printer type, and the used filesystem it is recommended to save file names in the 8.3
format (8 characters name and 3 characters extension without special characters)

It is highly recommended that the E LOG command is not used with the internal flash file system
(IFFS), as the internal chip is not designed for many write cycles.

Filenames on EOS are case sensitive !!

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 231

232 232

E TMP - Define Files ( Extension TMP )

E TMP... defines the name of an external temporary file (TMP file). TMP files can be used e.g. for serial
numbering where the incremented or decremented value is saved in the printer. This value can be the
starting value for the next label.

Syntax: E TMP;name_type CR

E - Define Extension

TMP = Define filetype .TMP

name = File name without the extension ".TMP" !

Example: E TMP;SERNUM

Uses SERNUM.TMP as file for serial numbering from memorycard. Used together with the [RLOG]
and [WLOG] text options.

Depending on the printer type, and the used filesystem it is recommended to save file names in the 8.3
format (8 characters name and 3 characters extension)

It is highly recommended that the E LOG command is not used with the internal flash file system
(IFFS), as the internal chip is not designed for many write cycles.

Filenames on EOS are case sensitive !!

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 232

233 233

E RFID - Define Files (Extension RFID)

Define parameters for RFID tag. ( Requires that the cab RFID unit is installed )

Syntax: E RFID;T:tagtype[,R:Retries][,C:cp][,P:pos][E:power] CR

E - Define Extension

tagtype = Auto (detects Tagtype automatically) - (get system info)

Auto is default value.
ISO 15693 ISO 15693 tags, fixed block size 32 bits

retries = 0-10 Amount of retries to read or write a tag if internal

errors occur. (default value is 0)

cp = codepage for data conversion:

Auto = codepage from the setup
name= name of the codepage ( must be identical to the
codepage names in the setup.

pos = -10 ... +20 Reading position relatively to the printhead.

(default value is 0)

power = field strength (default is the value from the setup)

S = normal
H = high

Example: E RFID;T:ISO 15693,R:2,C:Auto,P:-3,E:H

This command is not available on printers with separate RFID interface.

(A+ series)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 233

234 234

E SQL - Define Files ( Extension SQL)

E SQL tells the printer the IP - address of an external database server.

Syntax: E SQL;IPaddress:portaddress CR

E - Define Extension

SQL = Defines the address of a database server

Used together with database connector features.

IPaddress = IP-address of the external database server

portaddress = port address of the external database server

Important notes: The usage of the SQL function requires that the printer is connected with its network
interface. It is recommended to have firmware 3.37 or higher installed, as this function needs to be
unlocked in older versions.
(EOS printers need a firmware version 4.16 or higher.)

The usage of this command requires optional components.(memory card and external keyboard...)

Filenames on EOS printers are case sensitive !

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 234

235 235

F - Font Number
The F command assigns an alternate number to a font name. The reason for this command is to
simplify the font handling, keeping a better overview on the used fonts in a label and enables the
programmer to exchange a font in a label very easy.
The resident fonts in the cab printers have fixed names, but they can be redefined with this command.
Once the font number is defined it is valid for the complete label. The theoretical limit of fonts per label
is 100 font files. ( which might exceed the printers memory...)

Syntax: F number;name CR

Assigns the number to a name

F - Font command

number = New font number.

name = Fontname which will be replaced by „number“.

On TrueType fonts, the number found in the typeface file is used as the default.

Example: F 4;Times New Roman

Uses TrueType™ names

Example: F 40; Swiss 721 Bold

Assigns the alternate number 40 to the printer´s resident Swiss™ 721 Bold font.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 235

236 236

F - Font Number

Example: M l fnt;Comix
m m
J
H 66
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
F 10;Comix
T 0,35,0,10,20;Sample[J:c100]
A 1

The example above assigns font number 10 to the previously downloaded font Comix.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 236

237 237

G - Graphic Field Definition

Overview: The printers are able to print graphic elements, such as lines, rectangles, circles and elipses.
These graphic elements are defined by the G command. The maximum amount of graphic objects per
label is limited to 500.

Syntax: G[:name;]x,y,r;ge:settings[,options] CR

G - Graphic field definition command.

[:name;] = Optional field name, for further usage as a variable. .

Maximum length 10 characters, no special characters
allowed, fieldname must be unique. The field name can
be used for further operations, such as Replace field
name .
(See the „R“ command for details) or just as a comment.

x = Horizontal coordinate of the start position in millimeters or

inches from the left edge of the printable area to the start
position of the graphic field.

y = Vertical coordinate of the start position in millimeters or

inches from the top edge of the printable area to the start
position of the graphic field.

Starting points of the graphic elements are:

Lines: Center of the starting point of the line
Rectangles: upper left corner, outside of the rectangle
Circles: Center
Ellipses: Center

r = Rotation. Graphic elements can be rotated in steps of

1 degrees from 0 to 359 degrees.

ge = graphic element: Here we define the type of the graphic

element which shall be printed.

C = Circle (Ellipse is defined with the circle command)

L = Line
R = Rectangle

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 237

238 238

G - Graphic Field Definition

settings = specific graphic element settings, depending on the

selected graphic element.

[,options]= ,fill = filling of the graphic object with a specified pattern

or with dot density. (see graphic option „fill“)

,shade = shading option (gradient filling - see graphic

option „shade“)

,outline = outline option - prints an outline around the

filled graphic object with the thickness of
1 dot. (see graphic option „outline“)

Details about the settings for each graphic element are shown on the next pages.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 238

239 239

G - Graphic Definition - Circle

Graphic Type: C - Circle, Ellipse

Syntax: G[:name;]x,y,r;C:radius1[,radius2[,width]][,options] CR

G= Graphic field definition command.

[:name;] = Optional field name. Maximum length 10 characters, no special

characters allowed, field name must be unique. The field name
can be used for further operations, such as Replace field name
(See the „R“ command for details) or just as a comment.

x = Horizontal coordinate of the start position in millimeters or

inches from the left edge of the printable area to the center of
the circle.

y = Vertical coordinate of the start position in millimeters or inches

from the left edge of the printable area to the center of the
circle.
Starting point of Circles or Ellipses is in the center

r = Rotation.Circles and ellipses can be rotated in steps of 1degrees

from 0 to 359 degrees. This makes for sure less sense for
circles. Visible effects can be seen on ellipses...

C = Circle

radius1 = horizontal radius

radius1 = vertical radius

width = width of the circle line in millimeters or inches

Filled circles or ellipses can be printed if the width is not set

continued on the next page

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 239

240 240

G - Graphic Definition - Circle

[,options] =

,fill = filling of the graphic object with a specified pattern

or with dot density. (see graphic option "fill“)

,shade = shading option (gradient filling - see graphic option

"shade“)

,outline = outline option - prints an outline around the filled

graphic object with the thickness of 1 dot. (see
graphic option "outline“)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
G 45,10,340;C:40,10,44[S:100,50,80]
G 40,35,0;C:30,30,2
G 40,35,0;C:10,10,1
G 60,35,0;C:10,10,1
G 40,40,0;C:4,4,4
G 60,40,0;C:4,4,4
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 240

241 241

G - Graphic Definition - Line

Graphic Type: L - Line

Syntax: G[:name;]x,y,r;L:length,width[,start[,end]][,options] CR

G = Graphic field definition command.

[:name;] = Optional field name. Maximum length 10 characters, no special

characters allowed, field name must be unique. The field name
can be used for further operations, such as Replace field name
(See the „R“ command for details) or just as a comment.

x = Horizontal coordinate of the start position in millimeters or inches

from the left edge of the printable area to the start point of the line

y = Vertical coordinate of the start position in millimeters or inches

from the left edge of the printable area to the start point of the line

Starting point of Lines is the center of the starting point of the line

r = Rotation.Lines can be rotated in steps of 1degrees from 0 to 359

degrees.

L = Line

length = length of the line in millimeters or inches

width = width of the line in millimeters or inches

start = line start type.

s= squared
r=rounded
a=arrowed

end = line end type

s= squared
r=rounded
a=arrowed
Lines will print squared without the start / end parameters
Continued on the next page.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 241

242 242

G - Graphic Definition - Line

Graphic Type: L - Line

[,options] =

,fill = filling of the graphic object with a specified pattern

or with dot density. (see graphic option "fill“)

,shade = shading option (gradient filling - see graphic option

"shade“)

,outline = outline option - prints an outline around the filled

Example: graphic object with the thickness of 1 dot. (see
graphic option "outline“)

m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
G 5,5,0;L:24.5,2.5,a,a
G 5,15,0;L:24.5,2.5,s,a
G 5,25,0;L:24.5,2.5,r,r
G 5,35,0;L:24.5,2.5
A 1

This example demonstrates how the different line start / end parameters are printing,
depending which option is used.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 242

243 243

G - Graphic Definition - Rectangle

Graphic Type: R - Rectangle

Syntax: G[:name;]x,y,r;R:width,height[,ht [,vt]][,options] CR

G= Graphic field definition command.

[:name;] = Optional field name. Maximum length 10 characters, no special

characters allowed, field name must be unique. The field name
can be used for further operations, such as Replace field name
(See the „R“ command for details) or just as a comment.

x = Horizontal coordinate of the start position in millimeters or

inches from the left edge of the printable area to the start point
of the rectangle.

y = Vertical coordinate of the start position in millimeters or inches

from the left edge of the printable area to the start point of the
rectangle.
Starting point of rectangles is the upper left corner, outside of
the rectangle

r = Rotation.Rectangles can be rotated in steps of 1degrees

from 0 to 359 degrees.

R = Rectangle

width = width (horizontal ) of the rectangle in millimeters or inches

height = height (vertical) of the rectangle in millimeters or inches

ht = horizontal line thickness in millimeters or inches

vt = vertical line thickness in millimeters or inches

Filled rectangles are printed, if "ht" and "vt" are not set.
continued on the next page

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 243

244 244

G - Graphic Definition - Rectangle

Graphic Type: R - Rectangle

[,options] =

,fill = filling of the graphic object with a specified pattern

or with dot density. (see graphic option "fill“)

,shade = shading option (gradient filling - see graphic option

"shade“)

,outline = outline option - prints an outline around the filled

graphic object with the thickness of 1 dot. (see
graphic option "outline“)

Example:
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
G 35,45,0;R:30,15,.3,.3
G 0,25,0;R:80,10,1,1
G 25,15,35;R:10,10,.5,.5
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 244

245 245

G - Graphic Definition - Option: Fill

Graphic Option: Fill

Fills a graphic object with predefined patterns

Syntax: G[:name;]x,y,r;ge:settings[F:options] CR

F: = Fill parameter.

options = Fill pattern option, with following valid input:

0%, 6%, 12%, 25%, 38%, 50%, 100% (for dot density)
predefined patterns: left, right, dots, grid, and diamond
user1, user2, user3, user4 (downloaded images 32 by 32 dots)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
G 70,20,0;R:30,30, 1,20[F:grid]
G 48,30,0;C:10,16,10,10[F:dots]
G 5,20,0;R:25,25, 1,20[F:25%]
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 245

246 246

G - Graphic Definition - Option Shade

Graphic Option: Shade

Produces a shading effect (gradient filling) of a graphic object.

Syntax: G[:name;]x,y,r;ge:settings[S:%1[,%2[,direction]] CR

S = Shade option

%1 = Darkness value at the beginning, as a percent of black.

%2 = Darkness value at the end, as a percent of black.

direction = Shading angle

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
G 5,20,0;R:20,20, 1,20[S:60,10,45]
G 85,30,0;C:10,10,10,10[S:60,10,75]
G 10,10,0;L:80,2[S:30,90,0]
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 246

247 247

G - Graphic Definition - Option: Outline

Graphic Option: Outline

Prints an outline around the filled graphic object with the thickness of 1 dot.

Syntax: G[:name;]x,y,r;type:type options [shade options][O]CR

The outline option outlines filled objects. The outline option prints black objects, if
outline [O] is used for objects which are not filled. (see sample on the next page)

[O] = Outline

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
G 5,20,0;R:20,20,1,20[S:60,10,45][O]
G 85,30,0;C:10,10,10,10[S:60,10,75][O]
G 10,10,0;L:80,2[S:30][O]
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 247

248 248

G - Graphic Definition - Option: Outline

Graphic Option: Outline

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
G 5,20,0;R:20,20,1,20[O]
G 85,30,0;C:10,10,10,10[O]
G 10,10,0;L:80,2[O]
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 248

249 249

H - Heat, Speed, Method of Printing, Ribbon

This command sets printing heat, speed and the method of printing for the current label.
Print quality is influenced by the used material and by the print heat and print speed.

Syntax: H speed[,h][,t][,r][,Bb] CR

H - Heat, speed, method of printing, ribbon

speed = Print speed in millimeters or inches

These values depend on the printer type, please see the
operator´s manual for details. A „wrong“ value will
automatically rounded by the printer to the next possible value.

h = Heat setting (-10 up to +10)

t = Type: T=Transfer, D= Direct thermal (Default: T)

r = Ribbon saver on/off R0=off, R1=on *

Bb = Back feed speed in millimeters or inches. B100 would pull the

material back with a speed of 100 mm/s (if the printer is set to
measurement millimeters), after printing.

Example: H 150,0,D,R1,B75

Sets print speed to 150mm/s , Heat setting zero, Direct thermal mode and switches the ribbon saver
on. (The printer must be equipped with a ribbon saver to use this option). The material would be pulled
back with a speed of 75 mm/s after printing.

The maximum print speed depends on the used printer model. The print speed is automatically set to
the maximum if accidentially a higher printspeed is transmitted.
The backfeed speed is equal to the print speed if no separate value is set for "B" (backfeed)

* The functionality of the ribbon saver command depends on the used printer model and the availablity
of a ribbon saver.

By the way - if we just talk about print speed and so on: Regular printhead cleaning with
isopropylalkohol is very important to keep a good printing quality and to enlarge the lifetime of the
printhead.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 249

250 250

I - Image Field Definition

The I command is used for image printing. ( Image stands for pictures, pictograms, logos etc.).
It defines the position and the size of an image on the label.The image has to be downloaded first,
before it can be placed on the label. (See „d“ - download command for more details )
There is a maximum of 200 pictures per label.

Syntax: I[:name;]x,y,r[,mx,my,GOODBADn][,a];name CR

I = Image field definition

[:name;] = describes the field name and is optional. The maximum

length of this name is 10 characters, no special characters
allowed. A field name can be used for further operations, such
as replacements etc. (See „R“ command for details).

X = The x - coordinate is the horizontal start position of an image (in

millimeters or inches), the distance between the left margin of a
label and the upper left corner of the image.

y = The y - coordinate is the vertical start position of an image, the

distance between the top margin of a label and the upper left
corner of the image.
The maximum coordinate depends on the printer type. Please
refer to the operator´s manual.

r = Rotation -rotates an image in 4 directions. Valid values are 0, 90,

180 and 270. Measurement in degrees.

mx = Horizontal magnification factor. Values 1-10. This parameter is

optional. Enlarges the image horizontally multiplied by this factor.

my = Vertical magnification factor. Values 1-10. This parameter is

optional. Enlarges the image horizontally multiplied by this factor.

GOODBADn = Used to check the image with the optional barcode verifier. The
verifier checks for "Good read" or" Bad read).This is helpful for
barcodes with complex contents such as EAN 128.

a = Autoload -allows to recall a picture from memorycard.The printer

leaves the field empty if no picture has been found.
It is required to set the values for mx and my, when Autoload is
used ! Please see also the examples on the next pages.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 250

251 251

I - Image Field Definition

For best print quality it is recommended to use Images which have been scanned in the
same resolution as the printer resolution.
Lower scan resolutions will cause bad print quality, higher resolutions may exceed the
available space on the label. Furthermore it is recommended to use pure black and white
pictures. Grayscaled pictures may show a loss of data if the grey areas are not dark
enough.
By the way: JPEG is a typical compression algorythm or photographic pictures which
makes no sense to support this format in label printers.
The maximum amount of pitures per label is limited to 200, depending on the size.
It is recommended to erase unused pictures in the buffer if a lot different graphics are
used in one print job. Please refer to the command "e IMG ..."

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
I:IMAGE1;20,5,0;HUMAN
A1

Prints the picture "HUMAN“ which had previously downloaded to the printer.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 251

252 252

I - Image Field Definition

Example: M l IMG;TREE
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
I:IMAGE1;10,10,0,2,2,a;TREE
A1

This example recalls the picture with the name " tree.bmp " from any memory card of the
printer and prints it resized (enlarged) by the factor 2 in x- direction and factor 2 in y
direction. Please keep in mind that enlarging pictures can have a negative influence on
the printout quality.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 252

253 253

J - Job Start

The J command „tells „ the printer, that the following data contains label specific data. It starts a new
print job.

Syntax: J [comment]CR

J - Job start command.

comment = Optional text which may describe the label.

This optional text will be displayed on the printers LC Display
instead of the original filename when it is recalled from the
optional memory card or from the internal Flash File System.
Maximum length is 16 characters.*

Example: J Adress Label

Defines the job start and names the label „ Adress Label“.
Adress Label will be displayed in the printer´s LC Display when the label is recalled from
the optional memory card. The printer „looks“ into each label on the memory card and
controls if an alternative Label description is available. This description is shown instead
of the original label name which is limited to 8 characters.

* The comment line is not available for EOS printers, as this printer type supports long file
names.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 253

254 254

M - Memory Card Access

The printers are prepared for multiple possibilities if the built in or the optional memory is used.
The M commands (Memorycard -commands) are used for a couple of operations, described on the
next pages. The supported memory type depends on the used printer model.

Following memory types are supported:

1. Internal Flash File system - called IFFS in the following text.

IFFS is not required for regular applications and has some restrictions. We recommend to use
Compact flash memory cards for the most applications and for the highest flexibility.
The restrictions are mainly all commands which try to write into the memory, as the "E..." commands,
"[WLOG]" and "[WTMP]".

2. Compact flash cards - at the moment up to a theoretical maximum of 256 GB memory size.

3. PC Card - also called PCMCIA card memory, which might be SRAM or Flash memory
( Usage not recommmended, but helpful to transfer data from previous printers which used
that memory type.)

4. USB MSD devices ( USB - Mass Storage Devices) such as the most „USB memory sticks“
(It is not possible to guarantee that all of the USB devices on the market will work properly, as not every
manufacturere follows the specs. Validation of good or bad quality USB sticks must be done by
yourself).
Furthermore external harddisks can be connected which may require in the most cases external
power supplies. Maximum supported size is 2 TB. ( Maximum file size is theoretical 4 GB).
Please note that only FAT16 and FAT 32 filesystems are supported. NTFS, EXT2 or EXT3 etc. are not
supported. It is not recommended to format a huge harddisk in the printer, as the USB 1.1 port would
require incredible time to finish that.*

Why use additional memory ?

Memory cards are normally used, if a printer runs in „Stand Alone Mode“. Data from memory cards can
be easily recalled or filled with variable data with an optional PC keyboard or barcode scanner, which
can be attached through the USB port of the printer.
Furthermore the optional cab database connector (later described in this manual) can be used to recall
fixed data from the memory card and connect additionally to the network to recall information from a
SQL database.

* Important: EOS printers use Linux as internal operating system. The Linux file system makes
a difference between capital and small characters !!! The external USB memory is FAT
formatted. EOS uses for that the USB 2.0 interface.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 254

255 255

M - Memory Card Access

Some applications use the memory card to recall labels for printing and send the variable field contents
from an other application.
This is one of the simple methods which is often used to connect cab printers to SAP or to IBM
mainframe computers.

Syntax: Mx...CR

M... - Memory card access with following variations for x:

c [path] = Memory card content request

d [path] = Memory card delete files

f = Format memory card

l type;[path]name = Load file from memory card

r = Return to the beginning of the file. allows simple loops

s type;[path]name = Save file on card

u type;[path]name = Upload data from memory to the attached computer

Details and examples for each command are described on the next pages.

IMPORTANT ! We highly recommend to use Compact Flash cards which are manufactured by
SANDISK who is the original developer of Compact Flash cards.
Other CF cards may cause problems , such as data loss, incompatibility or read and write errors.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 255

256 256

M - Memory Card Access

Depending on the used memory type you may recognize different folders on the memory card. Best
viewed by connecting the printer through its network interface, using FTP access.

Memory card access with FTP connection:

The of the most powerful possibility to run a cab printer is to connect it in a network.

As the printing systems are equipped with an ethernet interface it is an easy way to access
them by using FTP.
To get full access to the printer requires that user name and password are transmitted by FTP.

The user (login) name is always preset to „root“ and the password is the 4 digit PIN of the printer
( PIN settings can be done in the setup menu of the printer or through the web applet)

(EOS printers have different settings - Please refer to the EOS documentation)

Note: Do not use PCcards any more - These are technically out of time and hard to find on the market.
Alternative it is possible to use a PCMCIA adapter with an inserted compact flash card.
For quality reasons we recommend to use Compact Flash cards made by SanDisk

PCcard (PCMCIA-card) Compact Flash card card adapter CF--> PCMCIA

for the usage of a CF card in
the PCMCIA slot

USB Memory

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 256

257 257

M - Memory Card Access

Following memory card folders may appear if the printer is accessed by FTP:

card - Default memory card ( This might be either the compact flash card or
the pccard, IFFS or USB memory, whatever is selected as default in
the setup of the printer.
( EOS shows USB memory or IFFS)

cf - CompactFlash card (appears if a cf card is inserted, but any

other memory is selected as default memory)

cfext - External Compact Flash card - if an additional external operation

panel is used and a CF card is plugged in. (Appears if a cf card is
inserted, but any other memory is selected as default memory)

iffs - „Internal Flash File System“ - offers the possibility to save data like on
all other memory cards. Is always shown as IFFS unless it had been
selected as default memory.

pccard - PCMCIA memory card (PCcard) (Appears if a PCcard is

inserted, but any other memory is selected as default memory)

usbmem - USB memory (MSD - subclass 6,Protocol 0x50 - FAT 16 or FAT32

formatted, max. size of the first partition is 2 GB). USB
memory needs to follow this specs, otherwise they are not
usable in the printer. Only one USB Mass storage device is
supported. The printer connects to the USB device which is fastest
detected. USB memory is supported since firmware version 3.15.

Memory which is not attached to the printer will not be shown.

If current memory sizes shall be used it is necessary to install the current firmware first, as older
firmware releases "did not know anything" about bigger memory.

CF cards can be used theoretically up to a size of 256 GB.

The maximum size of a USB stick or a MSD device (i.e. a hard disc) can be up to 2 TB.
It is possible to use an external powered USB hub, if more USB connections are required.

The USB ports on the front side of EOS deliver a maximum current of 100 mA. The USB port on the
rear side delivers 500mA. Some USB sticks require more than 100 mA and cannot be used on the front
side of EOS.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 257

258 258

M - Memory Card Access

Additional folders which are displayed by using FTP connection:

execute - is a folder which executes immediately the label which is transmitted

by FTP to that folder. ( a label will be processed as soon as it is
copied into that folder)

system - contains the firmware of the printer which also can be simply updated,
just by copying the new firmware version by FTP to the printer.

Example:

The CF card is defined as default memory.

USB memory was not attached)

USB memory is defined as default memory.

PCcard was removed.

We highly recommend to use CF cards for saving data in the printer, as they are fast and inexpensive.
Pccards will not show the subdirectory structure where the files are sorted into the folders: fonts,
images, labels and misc.Furthermore it is NOT recommended to use PCcards in actual applications, as
they are hard to find on the free market. Alternative it is possible to use an adapterfor CF cards
Please note, that the CF connection in the printer is much faster than the external CF card.
The CF card is the fastest additional memory (faster then the optional CF card slot in the external
navigation pad) and it is recommended to use it for time critical applictions.
USB memory is slowed down as it is connected to USB 1.1. It is not possible to use more than one
USB memory at the same time. It is possible to connect an external powered USB hub if you run
out on USB connections. ( This is different on EOS as USB 2.0 is used)
Specialnote about the internal flash file system (IFFS): It is NOT recommended to use .LOG or .TMP
files ( for serial numbering) or write to the IFFS memory during printing.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 258

259 259

M - Memory Card Access

The behaviour of the memory of EOS is a little different. First of all: EOS supports USB sticks and the
internal Flash File System (IFFS). PC card, CF card and external CF card are not available.
The fact that EOS is based on a Linux operating system causes that the IFFS uses also a Linux file
system which is case sensitive. !!!
USB sticks use a FAT filesystem which is not case sensitive.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 259

260 260

M - Memory Card Access - content request

Syntax: Mc [path] CR

Mc... - Memory card: content request. Requests the content of a directory path on
the memory card.

path = optional parameter to select the pathname where the files are
located.
= /card/ -recalls the card content of the optional compact flash
card. Leaving this option blank recalls automatically the
content of the Default memory card.
= /iffs/ -recalls the content of the internal flash file system
= /cfext/ -recalls the content of the external Compact Flash card
= /pccard/ -recalls the content of the PCMCIA card
= /usbmem/ -recalls the content of the USB memory

Example: Mc

Response from the printer:

Directory of ‘A4+/300 ‘:
ARIAL TTF 79804 20.05.14 16:37
COMIX TTF 66080 20.05.14 15:38
MINSTREL TTF 65692 20.05.14 19:39
NORM101 LBL 1420 20.05.14 19:51
COMPANY IMG 1012 20.05.14 19:41
BEDANO TTF 83260 20.05.14 19:43
NORM44 LBL 1530 20.05.14 10:43
EXPLOSIV IMG 2098 20.05.14 22:49
NORM42 LBL 2104 20.10.14 22:19
102 LBL 1420 20.05.14 14:52
CDPLAYER DBF 2858 08.11.14 13:03
15807062 bytes free

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 260

261 261

M - Memory Card - delete file from card

Syntax: Md type;[path]name CR

Md... - Memory card: delete file from card. Deletes (erases) data on memory card

type= LBL (label),

FNT (font),
IMG (image),
FMT (label format)
TMP (temporary file i.e. file which contains a serial number)

"type“: FNT erases all TTF fonts,

"type“: IMG erases all graphic types with the same name.

path = optional parameter to select the pathname where the files are
located.
= /card/ -deletes the card content of the optional compact flash
card. Leaving this option blank deletes automatically the
content of the Default memory card.
= /iffs/ -deletes the content of the internal flash file system
= /cfext/ -deletes the content of the external Compact Flash card
= /pccard/ -deletes the content of the PCMCIA card
= /usbmem/ -deletes the content of the USB memory

name = File name of the file on memory card

Example: M d IMG;logo

Deletes all graphic files on memory card with the name „logo“. e.g. this might be
logo.bmp, logo.pcx etc.

IMPORTANT: Some labelling programs use also the extension .LBL or .FMT. These file types are
totally different and do not contain J-Script commands !

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 261

262 262

M - Memory Card Access - format card

Syntax: M f;name CR

M f... - Memory card: format card. Formats the memory card (creates a file
system ) All printers create automatically a folder structure to separate the
data to the specified locations.

name = Name for the memory card

Example: M f;MYDATA

formats the memory card and writes the volume name „MYDATA“ which is usually the name of the
used printer.

Following folders will be generated on the memory card as subfolder form "card":

Fonts
Labels
Graphics
Misc

The Fonts folder is used to save all true type fonts. (Extension .TTF)
The Labelsfolder is used to save labels in JScript Format (Extension .LBL)
The Graphics folder contains all possible graphic formats. (Extensions: .IMG, .PCX, .BMP, .GIF,
.MAC, .TIF, .PNG)
The Misc Folder is used to save DBase III databases, serial numbers, temporarary files etc ...
(Extensions: .DBF, .TMP, .LOG,
.XML,.PPP etc....)
The Misc folder can also contain one or more firmware files, which are displayed in the „SERVICE“
menu of the printer to update the firmware from memory card or XML files which can contain a backup
of the printer´s settings.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 262

263 263

M - Memory Card Access - load file from card

Syntax: M l type;[path]name CR

M l... - Memory card: load file from card. Load data from memory card

type= LBL (label), FNT (font), IMG (image), FMT (label format)

path = optional parameter to select the pathname where the files are
located.
= /card/ - loads the file from the optional compact flash card.
Leaving this option blank accesses automatically
the file of the Default memory card.
= /iffs/ - loads a file from the internal flash file system
= /cfext/ - loads a file from the external Compact Flash card
= /pccard/ - loads a file from the PCMCIA card
= /usbmem/ - loads a file from the USB memory

name = Name of the file

Example: Ml LBL;TESTLBL
A2

Loads the label with the name TESTLBL from the default memory card and prints 2 labels

Example: Ml LBL;/IFFS/TESTLBL
A4

Loads the label with the name TESTLBL from the internal flash file system and prints 4 labels

Example: M l IMG;PICTURE
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
I:IMAGE1;10,10,0,2,2,a;PICTURE
A1

Loads the image "PICTURE" into the printers RAM memory and prints it.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 263

264 264

M - Memory Card Access - repeat last file content

Syntax: M r CR

M r - Memory card: repeat last file content. Jump to start of file. This command
can be used to implement simple loops.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T:Text1;20,10,0,3,7;[?:ArtNo:]
A2
Mr

The label must be saved on memory card or in the internal memory (IFFS). Then it can be
recalled by the navigation pad, or by the optional keyboard or barcode scanner. Then the
display shows "ArtNo:" and waits for data input. After data is keyed in it will print 3
labels and repeats the question for the „Art-No“ in the display, again waiting for your input.

m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T:Text1;20,10,0,3,7;[?:ArtNo:]
A[?]
Mr

The same label as above, but with the additional request for the amount of labels.

Special function to recall a label by using a barcode scanner

Create a barcode (i.e. Code128) which starts with the character "F", followed by the
number "1" and by the label name:
< F1label name >

"F1Test" would recall the label "test" as soon as the barcode is scanned.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 264

265 265

M - Memory Card Access - store data

Syntax: M s type;[path]name CR

M s... - Memory card: store data on card. Stores data on memory card.

type= LBL (label),

FNT (font),
IMG (image),
FMT (label format)

path = optional parameter to select the pathname where the files are
located.
= /card/ Leaving this option blank saves automatically the
content on the Default memory card.
- saves the file on the optional compact flash
card.
= /iffs/ - saves the file in the internal flash file system
= /cfext/ - saves the file on the external Compact Flash card
= /pccard/ - saves the file on the PCMCIA card
= /usbmem/ - saves the file in the USB memory

name = File name of the file which shall be saved on memory card

Example: Ms LBL;ADDRESS
mm
J
S l1;0,0,36,38,89
T:Text1;20,10,0,3,pt25;Worldwide
A5
Ms LBL

Saves the label „ADDRESS“ on the printer´s memory card. This label will automatically print 5 labels
when it is recalled .

A label will immediately start printing when the printer is switched on, if the label has been saved with
the reserved name „DEFAULT.LBL“ !
Files are saved on the memory card in UNICODE format !

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 265

266 266

M - Memory Card Access - store data

IMPORTANT NOTE: The „Ms“ command causes the printer to save a file to the selected memory card,
which is plugged into a printer.
Do NOT use this command, if the data is saved by FTP directly to the memory card or if the data is
saved directly on a memory card which is plugged in a PC.
This would cause a infinite loop on the printer, as the printer tries to recall the label where the first
command tells to save the label on card and so on - and the display would show „Memory overflow“.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 266

267 267

M - Memory Card Access - upload data

Syntax: M u type;[path] name CR

M u... -Memory card: upload data. Uploads file contents from memory card as
binary data.

Example: M u LBL;TESTLBL

Uploads a label named TESTLBL from the memory card. If Hyperterminal is used to receive the data it
is possible to copy the file to the clipboard and paste it into a text editor such as Wordpad.

Note: When uploading other types of files, such as IMG, the data is sent as raw binary data.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 267

268 268

O - Set Print Options

The O command is used to set a wide range of options which influences the complete label.
Important: The "O" command must be located directly after the label size command "S....."

Syntax O [Ax=y][,B][,Cx][,D][,E][,F][,Hx][,J][,M][,N][,P][,R][,S][,T][,U] CR

O - Print Options command.

Applicator parameters
The applicator parameters are only available for printers with
(optional) applicator.
The applicator parameter options are only available for Hermes+
with attached applicator. This is also not available for the
applicator types 5114 and 5116.

Ax=y Set parameter x to y (in ms, 0-1000ms).

x=0: Start delay supporting air (0-1000ms)
x=1: Stop delay supporting air (0-1000ms)
x=2: Start delay print (0-1000ms)
x=3: Lock time (0-1000ms)
x=4: Blow time (0-1000ms)

B = Lower side is copy of the upper side. (Only available on double

sided printers)

Cx = additional cutting time for the optional perforation cutter.

Values for x = 0.0 - 10.0 ( This value has influence on the
cutting depth).

D = Cutting or dispensing labels always with back feed.

E = Ignore paper end (not allowed if the printer runs in continuous form
mode ) - Settings are displayed in the section which describes the
Size command ( S....).

F = Discard the label positions, causes new synchronisation of the

material.

Hx = additional Offset between upper and lower printhead in transport

direction.
(Only available on double sided printers) x value is in millimeters.

J = Cutting or dispensing labels on Demand (only EOS printers)

(Usage of the display for manual printing)

continued on the next page

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 268
269 269

O - Set Print Options

M = Mirrored label printing.

N = Negative (inverted) printout of the complete label

R = Rotate the label contents 180 degrees

P = Printmode - backfeed option always / smart

backfeed „always“ feeds the label back and starts printing at the
label margin, while „smart“ suppresses the feedback.
„P“ activates the smart option while
„D“ activates the „always“ option.
This option overwrites temporarily the settings in the printer´s
setup.
Using the „smart“ mode has the benefit that the printer processes
thelabels faster as the time is saved for pulling the labels back.
Nevertheless a negative effect may appear in the area where the
label is stopped under the printhead. This may cause a small
horizontal white line in the area. If this happens within an object,
then you must select the „D“ option to avoid this effect.

S = Single label buffer. The next label will be processed when the
current one has finished printing.

T = Enables the „Tear off mode“ which feeds the label more forward
after printing, so that it could be taken away easier.

U = Unique label - suppresses the Pause / Reprint possibility to avoid

that a label will be printed twice.

Wy = Waiting position after printjob.

y = n = next Label startposition
y = i = end of the last label. Wi can also be used with an offset.
At the PX-Module the offset is relative to the demand position.

Important: The "O" command must be located directly after the label size command "S....."

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 269

270 270

O - Set Print Options

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
G 65,50,0;C:25,10,.7
G 25,25,0;C:20,20,2
G 20,20,35;C:10,10,1
A 1

m m
Example:
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
O R
G 65,50,0;C:25,10,.7
G 25,25,0;C:20,20,2
G 20,20,35;C:10,10,1
A 1

The O R command rotates the complete printout of a label. The first example does not use the „O“
command.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 270

271 271

P - Set Peel-Off Mode

This command needs an optional peel off sensor, which varies from printer type to printer type.
This command pauses the printer after each label. The next label prints, when the actual label is
removed.
The P command is very important if an applicator is used.

Syntax: P[disp] CR

P - Peel-Off Mode command.

disp = displacement in millimeters or inches (optional parameter)

positive and negative values can be used, depending in which
direction the displacement should work.

The „P“ command needs to be placed after the definition of the page size ! („S“- command)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 271

272 272

R - Replace Field Contents (variable data)

The usage of the „R“ command is to replace data contents of previously downloaded label.
Normally this is a label which is recalled from memory card into the printer´s internal memory.

The R command offers an easy way to print multiple labels with a minimum data transmission.
Usage of the "R"- command in the cab Windows driver is called "force optimized printing".

The "R"- command identifies the data by its field name and inserts a new value.

Syntax: R name;data CR

R - Replace command.

name = The name of the text data field or barcode data field.

data = The new value of the field, which will replace the data of the
former label.

Example: m m
J
O R
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:REP; 12,25,0,3,6;Good Morning
A1

R REP;cab printers
A2
R REP; Hello together
A1
R REP; Last label
A1

This example transmits a label and replaces the single variable in this label with other data.

Additional information about using cut commands together with Replace fields can be found at
„C - Cutter Parameters“.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 272

273 273

S - Set Label Size

This command defines the width and length of a label and has some additional options.

Syntax: S[ptype;]xo,yo,ho,dy,wd[,dx,col][;name]CR

S - Set label size

ptype; = photocell type. Sets the type of label sensing. Optional parameter.
It is recommended to set it in the label definition.

e = endless (continuous) label material without die cuts. Labels

sensor is switched off and the height is measured by the
amount of micro steps of the printer´s transport motor.

Important: the following character is a lower case L followed

either by 0,1 or 2 !!

l0 = senses the reflective marker on the upper side of the label

material. ( only if the printer is equipped with this sensor!!!)
( l0 = small letter L + 0). This setting can also be used to enable
the optional color sensor. I n that case the sensor settings of
the printer are used.(1)

l1 = sets the printer´s sensors for die cut labels with gap.
( l1 = small letter L + 1)

l2 = senses the reflective marker on the lower side of the label

material. ( l2 = small letter L + 2)

c = cyan - ( only available if a color sensor is installed)(1)

m = magenta - ( only available if a color sensor is installed)(1)

y = yellow - ( only available if a color sensor is installed)(1)

k = grayscale - ( only available if a color sensor is installed)(1)

xo = horizontal displacement, shifts the starting point (zero point) of all

objects in horizontal direction on the label.

yo = vertical displacement, shifts the starting point (zero point) of all

vertical measurements to the top margin of the label.

continued on the next page....

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 273

274 274

S - Set Label Size

ho = height of the label in transportation direction.

dy = height of the label plus height of the gap. (Distance from the
starting point of the first label to the starting point of the next label)

wd = label width measured from the right margin to the left margin.
Printer with 2 printheads ( 2 - color or double sided printing) require
a value which adds the width of the first printhead with the width of
the second printhead.

Optional parameters when multiple labels are placed horizontally:

dx = defines the distance from the margin of the first label to the
second label in horizontal direction (2)

col = number of labels horizontally (default value =1) (2)

name = optional text which is shown in the printer´s display. Can be used
i.e. to display the required label material which has to be inserted.

please refer also to the "option command" (" O " ) to get more infos for special options such as
mirroring, reverse printing or double sided printing etc.

(1)
Using the color settings requires the optional color sensor and it also requires knowledge about the
CMYK color model and the behaviour of additive or subtractive primaries.
That means for example that the best sensing for green markers on preprinted labels could be
reached, if the magenta sensor is selected.
It is a good idea to use the label profile function in the printer´s setup menu to verify which sensor is
the best selection for the color on your material.

(2)
dx and col cannot be used on 2 colour printers and also not on double sided printers, as this would
lead into technical problems. You may design your label in the double width with all contents as a
workaround.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 274

275 275

S - Set Label Size

Example: S l1;0,0,50,52,100
....

This example defines a label size of 50 mm height, distance from one label to the next label (label
height + gap) is 52 mm and the width of the label is 100 mm. Displacement horizontal and vertical is
zero.

A couple of dependencies:
All numeric values are either in millimeters or in inches, depending on the selected country setting of
the printer or depending on the „m „ command.
Maximum values depend on the width of the printhead and on the amount of memory which is
responsible for the maximum height of the label. Both parameters depend on the used printer type.
Please refer to the operator´s manual for more information.

Special note for double sided printers (XD4+...) and 2 color printers:

If you use a 4 inch wide double sided printer:

The printheads are treated like a 8 inch printhead, splitted in 2 sections. One good method is to
create a label in the full width of an 8 inch wide printhead and position the required data on the left
half for the lower printhead and the right half for the upper printhead.
Maximum width would be 2 x105.6 mm on the XD4 / XD4T with 300 dpi printhead.

Setting the correct label size is the most important point to get a precise position of your label contents.
The situation is very similar on 2 color printers.
It is also expected that the size of the printhead is the double size of the original print width of the
printer. (XC4 or XC6) . Depending on the printers print width it happens that 8 inch or 12 inch print
width is used to position the objects in the label. The second half covers the color area.
There is no separate command for color printing.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 275

276 276

S - Set Label Size

S[ptype;]xo,yo,ho,dy,wd[,dx,col][;name]CR

x0

dx

y0
dy

h0

wd

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 276

277 277

S - Set Label Size

The settings and the positioning of different fields on the XD (double sided) printer requires a clear
understanding where all the content has to be placed. The next sample shall help to get a better
understanding. Additionally some cutting commands have been added.

Example: m m
J Top/Bottom different
H 50,10,T
O R
O F
S l1;0,0,68,70,211
T:TEXT1;20,10,0,5,8;[J:c40] TESTPRINT
T:TEXT2;10,20,0,5,8;[J:c40]Double sided-Bottom
T:TEXT3;115,20,0,5,8;[J:c40]Double sided-Top
T:Text4;115,10,0,5,8;[J:c40] TESTPRINT
C s
C p
C e
A [?]

The print width is on both heads 105,6mm ( XD4/300). That means, the middle of the first print head is
at 52,8mm and the middle of the second print head is at 158,4mm. ( When the full print width is used).
If you want to place for example the starting point of a text object on a continous material in the middle
at the upper side, you have to place it at 158,4.

The starting point will move as the printer uses centered orientation if small labels are used versus
printers which are left oriented.
We recommmedn to "play" a bit with thsi printer type to get a feeling for the right position for the objects
to be printed.
It is important to understand, that there is no special command for the object position on the first or
second printhead, as it is treated like one singular printhead which is cutted into 2 pieces.
There is a similar Situation when the 2 color printers XC4 or XC6 are used.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 277

278 278

T - Text Field Definition

The most used command to program a label is the „T“ command which is used for text field
definitions.This command influences the size, shape, rotation etc. of any shown textlines on a label.
The maximum amount of text objects is limited to 500 text fields per label.

Syntax: T[:name;]x,y,r,font,size[,effects];text CR

T= Text field definition command.

:name; = A field name can be set for further operations such as replacing
text contents in a predefined text field or for calculations or for
the concatenation of multiple fields. The field name is an
optional parameter. Maximum length 10 digits, ALPHA signs
and digits only. Text field names are case sensitive and must start
with an Alpha sign. Double field names are not allowed.

x = horizontal start position - distance from the left starting point of

the label in millimeters or inches.

y = vertical start position - distance from the top margin starting

point of the label in millimeters or inches.

r = Text field rotation. Vector fonts and downloadable true type

fonts can be rotated 360 degrees in steps of 1 degree.
Bitmap fonts can be rotated in 4 directions ( 0, 90, 180 and 270
degrees)

font = specifies a font type, set by a number which might be an

internal printer font (vector or bitmap) or a downloaded true
type TM font. Vector fonts are scalable fonts which appear in a
smooth shape when magnified.
Following font types are available:

Bitmap fonts:

font no. Name Type Description

-1 _DEF1 Bitmap Default-size 12x12 dots
-2 _DEF2 Bitmap Default-size 16x16 dots
-3 _DEF3 Bitmap Default-size 16x32 dots
-4 OCR_A_I Bitmap OCR-A Size I
-5 OCR_B Bitmap OCR-B

continued on the next page....

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 278

279 279

T - Text Field Definition

Vektorfonts
font no. Name Type Description
3 BX000003 Vector Swiss 721TM
5 BX000005 Vector Swiss 721 Bold TM
596 BX000596 Vector Monospace 821 TM
Optional internal cab fonts:
1000 GEHEI21M Vector AR Heiti Medium (Mandarin -
chinese font)
1010 GARUDA Vector Garuda (Thai font)
Garuda is available free of charge from the cab website, AR
Heiti medium is not free of charge. (with the exception of EOS
printers which are delivered with these fonts)
size = sets the the character size
The size of scaleable (vector) fonts can be set in millimeters or
inches, or by point size “pt x”.
The size of bitmap fonts is predefined and can be enlarged by
the usage of magnification factors in horizontal and vertical
direction. xn,yn where xn is the horizontal magnification
(1-10 times) and yn stands for the vertical expansion (1-10
times)

effects = Defining effects is optional. Special effects can be applied to

the used fonts. Which effects are available depends on the
used font. Following can be applied:

b = bold
s = slanted
i = italic
n = negative (reverse print)
u = underlined
l = light
z = slanted left
k = kerning
v = print text in vertical alignment.
qn = squeeze characters, default value is 100. Possible
values: 10-1000
hn = width of upper case “H” , with n millimeters or in
inches.
mn = horizontal text spacing , with n millimeters or in
inches.

continued on the next page....

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 279

280 280

T - Text Field Definition

effects = The following effects are only available together with

internal vector font and additional True type fonts :

frn = right frame for text objects

fln = left frame for text objects
fun = upper frame for text objects
fdn = lower (down) frame for text objects

The following effects are only available together with internal bitmap
fonts:

o = outlined (not available for OCR font)

g = gray (not available for OCR font)
xn = horizontal expansion factor ( n = 1-10)
yn = vertical expansion factor, ( n = 1-10)

text = data string in a selected codepage.

Please have a look to the setup menu of your printer.
The text area allows also the usage of special functions and
options, described later later in this manual.

Point size: The point size caculates as follows: 0.375 mm = 1 point . A 6 point font
will appear in a size of about 2.25 mm.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 280

281 281

T - Text Field Definition

Text Startposition - For the Text positioning it is helpful to know where the start position of
the characters are located. The picture below shows an example for the positioning.

HpÜ
Front
Baseline

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 281

282 282

T - Text Field Definition

Example: J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 16,20,0,3,12;Ethanol
T 16,40,0,3,12,b;Ethanol
T 16,60,0,5,12;Ethanol
A2

In this example we want to explain, that the same effect can be shown when a text is bold from the
original structure or when the option „b“ is used to print a bold font.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 282

283 283

T - Text Field Definition

Example: J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 2,15,0,596,8;SATOR 1263768376688
T 2,23,0,596,8;AREPO 8736876136237
T 2,31,0,596,8;TENET 7686876868688
T 2,39,0,596,8;OPERA 1111111111111
T 2,47,0,596,8;ROTAS 2222444422244
A2

The internal Monotype font can be used to define tables. The characters of that font have always
the same width. This font can be used for tables where all characters or numbers need to be placed in
the same column.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 283

284 284

T - Text Field Definition

Internal bitmap fonts
On this page you can see a printout of the printer´s internal bit mapped fonts.
The size of the characters has been enlarged for a better readability

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 284

285 285

T - Text Field Definition

Internal scalable Fonts
This examples show a printout of the scalable fonts of the cab printers. Special characters can be
recalled using the [U:... option to recall and print Unicode characters.
Please see the [U:... option for more details. An overview on all characters is shown in the appendix
of this manual

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 285

286 286

T - Text Field Definition

This example shows some special effects of the cab printers with different fonts.

Example: mm
J
S 0,0,68,71,100
OR
D 0,5
T 10, 7,0,-5,x3,y3,o;Font -5 outline
T 10,14,0,-5,x2,y2,u;Font -5 underlined
T 10,21,0,-5,x2,y2,g;Font -5 gray
T 10,28,0,-5,x2,y2,s;Font -5 slanted
T 10,33,0,-5,x3,y1;Font -3 stretch
T 10,42,0,-5,x2,y2,s,u,o,n;Font -3:combined FX
T 10,49,0,5,5,s,u,n;Font 5 -Swiss bold: combined effects
T 10,56,0,5,5,z;Font 5 -Swiss bold: left slanted
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 286

287 287

T - Text Field Definition

Sample for printing inverted text with different frame sizes. Please have a closer view how the
Justification commmand (... [J:c80] ... ) influences the printout.

Example: J
O R
H100,-5
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T:F1;10,40,0,596,15,n,q85,b,fu17,fd17,fl3,fr1;Framesize
T:F2;10,15,0,596,5,n,q85,b,fu6,fd4,fl3,fr3;[J:c80]Framesize
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 287

288 288

T - Text Field Definition

Writing upside down is as well possible as rotating text.

Example: m m
J
S 0,0,68,71,100
T 10, 7,0,-5,x1,y1,v;upside down
T 20,14,0,5,5,v;upside down
T 30,14,0,596,5,v;upside down
T 50,59,180,596,5,v;upside down
T 60,59,180,596,3,v;upside down rotated
T 70,14,00,596,6,v;gateman
T 80,14,00,596,6,v;nametag
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 288

289 289

X - Synchronous Peripheral Signal Settings

The X command can be used to control external devices through the interface in the front of the
printer. ( Not all printers are equipped with that interface. Please refer to your user- manual for more
information)

Syntax: X y[;ao] CR

X - Synchronous Peripheral Signal Setting Command

y = Printing coordinate when a signal should be set. Distance from

print start to start of the signal in millimeters or inches. (See the
" m " command for the measurement settings.)

ao = hex nibbles to set or to reset the signal.

The a -value is an AND-mask - while the o-value is an OR-
mask. Both values are hex nibbles, written together as a hex byte.
These values can be used to set or to reset the peripheral signal.
If the ao operand is omitted entirely, the item is cleared from the
internal list.

Function and settings depend on the used printer type and the peripheral connector. Please refer to the
operator´s manual and to the documentation for the optional devices for each printer model.
Note: The list of positions (all signal settings) is cleared when starting a new job.
The „X“ command needs to be placed after the definition of the page size ! („S“- command)

Example: X 14;E0

Clears bit 0 when the printhead reaches the defined position 14 mm from beginning of the label.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 289

290 Chapter 6: Special Content fields 290

Special Content fields

Special content fields are defined in squared brackets [ ]. This brackets can be used in regular text
field, as long as they do not include a special content field command.
Special content fields consist of reserved words, special phrases or special parameters.
cab printers will interpret this fields as a special command instead of printing these as text values.
Special content fields offer the most powerful functions in JScript.
In the following description optional parameters are shown in these brackets { }.
The following examples will help you to understand the functions of special content fields.
It is possible to link values, but it is not allowed to insert an option into another option:

Possible:

Example: J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,9;It is [H12] [MIN][SEC]
A1

Not possible !!!

Example: J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,9;It is [H12: [MIN][SEC]]
A1

Values must be clearly defined to avoid that the JScript interpreter gets into „trouble“

Possible:

Example: J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,30,0,3,7;[ISODATE]
T 13,55,0,3,7;[ISODATE:5,2,11]
A1

Not possible !!!

Example: J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:VALUE1; 12,30,0,3,7;15[I]
T 12,55,0,3,7;[ISODATE:+VALUE1] *
A1

* This expression would work properly when the plus sign is not
used:
T 12,55,0,3,7;[ISODATE:VALUE1]

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 290

291 Time Functions 291

Time functions

Time functions are used to recall the time from the internal real time clock which is available in each
printer. Additional time calculations allow to modify the time stamp with added or subtracted hours,
minutes or seconds.

Please remember that it is possible to connect the printers with a time server to get the fully accuracy
of time and date.

[H12...] Print Hour in 12-hour form (1-12)

[H24...] Print Hour in 24-hour form (0-23)
[H012...] Print H0ur in 12-hour form (01-12) -always 2 digits
[H024...] Print H0ur in 24-hour form (01-24) -always 2 digits
[ISOTIME...] Prints the Time in ISO standard format

[MIN...] Print MINutes (00-59)

[SEC...] Print SEConds (00-59)
[TIME...] Print current TIME in the format of the preset country
[XM] am / pm indicator

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 291

292 Time Functions 292

[H12...] Print Hour in 12-hour form (1-12)

This option is used to recall the time from the printer´s internal clock. The result will be the current
hour on the label in the 12 hour format. Usually this option is used together with the options [MM]
and [SS] . The single digits (1 to 9) are printed without leading zeroes.

Syntax: [H12{:HH{,MM{,SS}}}]

[H12...] - Print hour in 12-hour form (1-12)

HH = adds the amount of additional hours as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional minutes as numerical value

SS = adds the amount of additional seconds as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters HH, MM and SS.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,9;It is [H12] o´clock
A1

Here we do not know if it is 9 o´clock in the morning or in the evening. This option
should be used with the [XM] option (please see there for more details).

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 292

293 Zeitfunktionen 293

[H12...] Print Hour in 12-hour form (1-12)

The following example shows what happens if we add 3 or 3.5 hours to the current time. The result
prints in the 12 hour format without leading zero.

Example: m m
J
OR
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,6;current time = [TIME]
T 12,35,0,596,4;plus 3 hours =[H12:3]
T 12,45,0,596,4;plus 3 hours and 32 minutes =[H12:3,30]
A3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 293

294 Time Functions 294

[H24...] Print Hour in 24-hour form (0-23)

This option is used to recall the time from the printer´s internal clock. The result will be the current
hour on the label in the 24 hour format. Usually this option is used together with the options [MM] and
[SS] .The single digits (1..9) are printed without leading zeroes.

Syntax: [H24{:HH{,MM{,SS}}}]

[H24...] - Print hour in 24-hour form

HH = adds the amount of additional hours as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional minutes as numerical value

SS = adds the amount of additional seconds as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

HH, MM and SS.

Example:
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,9;The hour is [H24]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 294

295 Time Functions 295

[H012...] Print Hour in 12-hour form (01-12) -always 2 digits

This option is used to recall the time from the printer´s internal clock. The result will be the current hour
on the label in the 12 hour format. Usually this option is used together with the options [MM] and
[SS] .The „single“digits (1 to 9) will always print with leading zeroes (01 to 09).

Syntax: [H012{:HH{,MM{,SS}}}]

[H012...] - Print Hour in 12-hour format (0-12) -always 2 digits

HH = adds the amount of additional hours as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional minutes as numerical value

SS = adds the amount of additional seconds as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters HH, MM and SS.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,9;It is [H012] o´clock
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 295

296 Time Functions 296

[H024...] Print Hour in 24-hour form (01-24) -always 2 digits

This option is used to recall the time from the printer´s internal clock. The result will be the current hour
on the label in the 24 hour format. Usually this option is used together with the options [MM] and
[SS]. The „single“digits (1 to 9) will always print with leading zeroes (01 to 09).

Syntax: [H024{:HH{,MM{,SS}}}]

[H024...] - Print hour in 24-hour form (01-24)always 2 digits

HH = adds the amount of additional hours as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional minutes as numerical value

SS = adds the amount of additional seconds as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters HH, MM and SS.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,9;The current hour is [H024]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 296

297 Time Functions 297

[ISOTIME...] Prints the Time in ISO standard format

[ISOTIME] prints the time in ISO format - as 6 digit value without separator sign.

Syntax: [ISOTIME{:HH{,MM{,SS}}}]

[ISOTIME...] - Prints the time in ISO standard format

HH = adds the amount of additional hours as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional minutes as numerical value

SS = adds the amount of additional seconds as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters HH, MM and SS.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 297

298 298

[ISOTIME...] Prints the Time in ISO standard format

[ISOTIME] prints the time in ISO format - as 6 digit value without separator sign.

Example:
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,9;[ISOTIME]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 298

299 Time Functions 299

[MIN...] Print MINutes (00-59)

This option is used to recall the actual minutes from the printer´s internal clock. Usually this option is
used together with the options [HH] and [SS] .

Syntax: [MIN{:HH{,MM{,SS}}}]

[MIN...] - print minutes

HH = adds the amount of additional hours as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional minutes as numerical value

SS = adds the amount of additional seconds as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters HH, MM and SS.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,4;Actual time is [H024] hour and [MIN] Minutes
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 299

300 Time Functions 300

[SEC...] Print SEConds (00-59)

This option is used to recall the actual seconds from the printer´s internal clock. Usually this option is
used together with the options [HH] and [MM].

Syntax: [SEC{:HH{,MM{,SS}}}]

[SEC...] - Print seconds

HH = adds the amount of additional hours as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional minutes as numerical value

SS = adds the amount of additional seconds as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters HH, MM and SS.

Example: J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,6;Actual time is [H024]:[MIN]:[SEC]
A1

In this example the result is identical to the TIME option.

The difference is that the seconds can be printed separately.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 300

301 Time Functions 301

[TIME ...] Print actual TIME

The time option prints the actual time in the format of the preset country.
Format: HH:MM:SS

Syntax: [TIME{:HH{,MM{,SS}}}]

[TIME...] - print actual time

HH = adds the amount of additional hours as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional minutes as numerical value

SS = adds the amount of additional seconds as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters HH, MM and SS.

Example: mm
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,8;The time is [TIME]
A1

This example prints one label with the timestamp. The printer has been set to
„country= United kingdom“. The same result will be printed if the parameters would
be sent in this way, separated by colons. [HH]:[MM]:[SS]

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 301

302 Time Functions 302

[XM...] am/pm indicator

This option was implemented for the usage in countries, where the time is displayed as „am“ (morning)
and „pm“ (afternoon), when 12 hour time format is selected.

Syntax: [XM{:HH{,MM{,SS}}}]

[XM...] - am/pm indicator

HH = adds the amount of additional hours as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional minutes as numerical value

SS = adds the amount of additional seconds as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters HH, MM and SS.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,8;The time is [H12]:[MIN] [XM]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 302

303 Date Functions 303

Date functions
Date functions are used to recall the date from the internal real time clock which is available in each
printer. Additional date calculation options allow to modify the date stamp with added or subtracted
days, months or years, i. e. to calculate "best before" dates.

Special note:The printers calculate months always as 30 days.

Please remember that it is possible to connect the printers with a time server to get the fully accuracy
of time and date. (Setup through the web interface)

[DATE...] Print actual DATE in the format of the preset country

[DAY...] Print numeric DAY of the month (1-31)
[DAY02...] Print numeric 2-digit DAY of the month (01-31)
[DOFY...] Print numeric Day OF Year(1-366)
[ISODATE...] Print ISO date

[ISOORDINAL...] Print ISO ordinal

[ODATE...] Print DATE with Offset (in the format of the preset country)
[wday...] Print complete weekday name (0 = sunday)
[WDAY...] Print numeric WeekDAY(0-6)
[wday2...] Print weekday name, 2 - digits shortened (i.e. su)

[wday3...] Print weekday name, 3 - digits shortened (i.e. sun)

[ISOWDAY...] Print numeric WeekDAY(1-7)
[WEEK...] Print numeric WEEK (1-53)
[WEEK02...] Print numeric WEEK with 2 -digits (01-53)
[OWEEK...] Print WEEK with Offset(1-53)

[mon...] Print 3-character month name (i.e. jan)

[month...] Print complete month name (i.e. april)
[MONTH...] Print 2-digit MONTH (1-12)
[MONTH02...] Print 02-digit MONTH (01-12) (leading zeros, always 2 digits)

[YY...] Print 2-digit Year (06-63)

[YYYY...] Print 4-digit Year (2006-2063)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 303

304 Date Functions 304

[DATE...] Print current DATE

Recalls the date from the printer and prints it in the defined size and in the format of the selected
country.

Syntax: [DATE{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[DATE...] - print current date

DD = adds / subtracts the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds /subtracts the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds / subtracts the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: ;This example simply recalls the date from the printer
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,5;Todays date is: [DATE]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 304

305 Date Functions 305

[DATE...] Print current DATE

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 3,25,0,3,6;In 10 Years we have: [DATE:03,02,10]
A1

This example adds 3 days, 2 months and 10 years

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 305

306 Date Functions 306

[DAY...] Print numeric DAY of the month (1-31)

The numeric day of the actual month is recalled from the printer´s clock

Syntax: [DAY{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[DAY...] - print numeric day of the month (1-31)

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,5;Day only: [DAY]
T 12,45,0,3,5;Added days: [DAY:03,02,10]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 306

307 Date Functions 307

[DAY02... ] Print numeric 2-digit DAY of the month (01-31)

Recalls the date from the printer and prints the day always with 2 digits.

Syntax: [DAY02{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[DAY02...] - print numeric 2-digit day of the month (01-31)

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
s 151105091500
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,30,0,3,7;Date: [DAY02]-[MONTH02]-[YYYY]
A1

Prints a label where the day is displayed with 2 digits

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 307

308 Date Functions 308

[DOFY...] Print numeric Day OF Year(001-366)

Prints the Day of Year. Possible values: 001-366.

Syntax: [DOFY{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[DOFY...] - print numeric day of the year

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
s 150205091500
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,20,0,3,7;February 5 is the
T 12,30,0,3,7;[DOFY] th day of the year
A1

The preset date in this example is February 5 2014. The result appears in 3 digits.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 308

309 Date Functions 309

[ISODATE...] Prints date following the ISO specs

Prints the date in ISO Format, following the rules of the ISO 8601-2000 standard.
Days, months and years can be added.
The ISO date specifies the representation of dates in the Gregorian calendar. Identification of a
particular calender day by its calender year, its calendar month and its ordinal number within the
calendar month.

Syntax: [ISODATE{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[ISODATE...] - prints date following the ISO specs

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,30,0,3,7;[ISODATE]
T 12,55,0,3,7;[ISODATE:5,2,11]
A1

For a detailed description, please refer to ISO standard 8601-2000.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 309

310 Date Functions 310

[ISOORDINAL...] Prints date following the ISO specs

Prints the particular calendar day and its ordinal number within its calendar year. Result is printed
in ISO 8601:2000 format ( YYYYDDD) whereby YYYY stands for the 4 -digit year and DDD displays
the day of the year.

Syntax: [ISOORDINAL{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[ISOORDINAL...] - prints date following the ISO specs

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,30,0,3,7;[ISOORDINAL]
T 12,55,0,3,7;[ISOORDINAL:3,2,1]
A1

For detailed description, please refer to ISO standard 8601-2000.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 310

311 Date Functions 311

[WDAY...] Print numeric WeekDAY(0-6)

This function prints the numeric week day - starting on sunday with 0 and ends at saturday with 6.
Please see also the [ISOWDAY] command which numbers each weekday from 1-7, starting on
monday.

Syntax: [WDAY{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[WDAY...] - print numeric weekday (0-6)

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 311

312 312

[WDAY...] Print numeric WeekDAY(0-6)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,5;The name of today is [WDAY]
T 12,35,0,3,5;In 2 days we have [WDAY:02,00,00]
A1

0 = sunday 4 = thursday
1 = monday 5 = friday
2 = tuesday 6 = saturday
3 = wednesday

So we have Thursday today and in two days we have saturday

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 312

313 Date Functions 313

[wday... ] Print complete weekday name

Print the complete weekday name. The name of the day depends on the selected language of the
printer or on the previously sent „ l „ (language) command.

Syntax: [wday{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[wday...] - print complete weekday name

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,5;The name of today is [wday]
T 12,35,0,3,5;In 2 days we have [wday:02,00,00]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 313

314 Date Functions 314

[wday2... ] Print weekday name, 2 - digits shortened

Print the first 2 characters of the weekday name. The name of the day depends on the selected
language of the printer or on the previously sent „l“ (language) command.

Syntax: [wday2{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[wday2...] - print weekday name, 2-digits shortened

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,5;The name of today is [wday2]
T 12,35,0,3,5;In 2 days we have [wday2:02,00,00]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 314

315 Date Functions 315

[wday3... ] Print weekday name, 3 - digits shortened

Prints the first 3 characters of the weekday name. The name of the day depends on the preset
language of the printer or on the previously sent „l = language“ command.

Syntax: [wday3{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[wday3...] - print weekday name, 3-digits shortened

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,5;The name of today is [wday3]
T 12,35,0,3,5;In 2 days we have [wday3:02,00,00]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 315

316 Date Functions 316

[ISOWDAY...] Print date following the ISO specs

This function prints the numeric week day - starting on monday with 1 and it ends at sunday with 7.
Please see also the [WDAY] command which numbers each weekday from 0-6, starting on sunday.

Syntax: [ISOWDAY{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[ISOWDAY...] - print date following the ISO specifications

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Following are the results:

1 = monday 4 = thursday 7 = sunday

2 = tuesday 5 = friday
3 = wednesday 6 = saturday

For further information, please refer to ISO standard 8601-2000.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 316

317 317

[ISOWDAY...] Print date following the ISO specs

Example: m m
l UK
s 060326184500
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 8,30,0,3,5;[wday]: = [ISOWDAY]
T 8,55,0,3,4;and in 3 days we have day no: [ISOWDAY:3,0,0]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 317

318 Date Functions 318

[WEEK... ] Print numeric WEEK (1-53)

Prints the week number (1 -53)The week will print without leading zeroes if a week has only one
digit. The command [WEEK02...] needs to be used, if leading zeroes are required for the first weeks of
the year.

Syntax: [WEEK{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}

[WEEK...] - print numeric week

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,5;This week is week no: [WEEK]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 318

319 Date Functions 319

[WEEK02... ] Print numeric WEEK with 2 -digits (01-53)

Print the week number with 2 digits. The week will print with leading zeroes. The printer creates the
number of the week (01-53)

Syntax: [WEEK02{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[WEEK02...] - print numeric week with 2 -digits (01-53)

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example:
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,5;This week is week number: [WEEK02]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 319

320 Date Functions 320

[OWEEK... ] Print WEEK with Offset(1-53)

Print week with offset (1-53)

Syntax: [OWEEK:+WW]

[OWEEK...] - print week with offset (1-53)

WW = adds the amount of additional weeks as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameter WW.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 12,25,0,3,6;Todays date is: [DATE]
T 12,40,0,3,6;The week in 3 weeks is[OWEEK:3]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 320

321 Date Functions 321

[mon... ] Print 3-character month name

Prints the first 3 characters of the month name. The name of the month depends on the selected
language of the printer or on the previously sent „l = language“ command.

Syntax: [mon{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[mon...] - print 3-character month name

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,28,0,3,4;Three characters of the month: [month]
T 10,40,0,5,10;[mon]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 321

322 Date Functions 322

[month... ] Print complete month name

Prints the complete month name. The name of the month depends on the selected language of the
printer or on the previously sent „l = language“ command.

Syntax: [month{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[month...] - print complete month name

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,30,0,3,10;[month]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 322

323 Date Functions 323

[MONTH... ] Print 2-digit MONTH (1-12)

Print digits of month. (1-12) (no leading zeroes). If leading zeroes are required, please see the
command [MONTH02...].

Syntax: [MONTH{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[MONTH...] - print 2-digit month (1-12)

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,30,0,3,8;[month] is month [MONTH]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 323

324 Date Functions 324

[MONTH02... ] Print 02-digit MONTH (01-12)

Print 2 digits month. (01-12) (leading zeroes, always 2 digits). Please see the command [MONTH...] ,
if leading zeroes should be suppressed.

Syntax: [MONTH02{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[MONTH02...] - print 02-digit month (01-12)

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,30,0,3,8;[month] is Month [MONTH02]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 324

325 Date Functions 325

[MONTH02... ] Print 02-digit MONTH (01-12)

Print a ONE DIGIT MONTHCODE

The following example creates a label with a one digit Month code 1...9 and O...D using
the [MONTH02] command. This is sometimes requested for industrial applications.
The months are encoded as follows:

1...9 => January ... September

O...D => October ... December

Example: mm
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:MON;5,10,0,3,4;[MONTH02][I]
T:CHAIN; 5,15,0,3,4;123456789OND[I]
T 0,30,0,5,5;The code for the month: [month] is [CHAIN,MON,1]
A 1

Please note, that the printed month name ( [month] )in this example depends on the
language settings of the printer.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 325

326 Date Functions 326

[YY...] Print 2-digit Year (06-63)

Print 2 digits year. (06-63) (leading zeroes, always 2 digits)

Syntax: [YY{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[YY...] - print 2-digit year

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,30,0,3,8;[month]-[YY]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 326

327 Date Functions 327

[YYYY...] Print 4-digit Year (2006-2063)

Print 4 digits year. (2006-2069)

Syntax: [YYYY{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[YYYY...] - print 4-digit year (2006-2069)

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,30,0,3,8;[month]-[YYYY]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 327

328 Date Functions 328

Jalali Date functions

The Jalali Calender is used in Arab countries. The date calculation is similar to the other date
commands, with the difference that the Jalali calendar is used for the date calculation which delivers
other results. The handling of these functions is identical.

[JYEAR...] Print Jalali-YEAR, 4 digits

[JDAY...] Print Jalali-DAY
[JDAY02...] Print Jalali-DAY, 02 digits
[JMONTH...] Print Jalali-Month
[JMONTH02...] Print Jalali-Month,02 digits
[jmonth...] Print Jalali-Month, complete name
[JDOFY...] Print Jalali-Day OF Year
[JWDAY...] Print Jalali-DAY of the Week (1=saturday)

The printers need to be set up for an arabic characters (i.e. Farsi) language to get the expected
result.

Suriyakati Date

The Suriyakati calender is used in Thailand

[SYEAR...] Print Suriyakati-YEAR, 4 digits

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 328

329 Date Functions 329

[JYEAR... ] Print 4-digit Jalali Year

Print 4 digits year, based on the Jalali calendar.

The output of this date can be influenced with the [S:...] command to print the numbers either in arabic
or in latin style.

Syntax: [JYEAR{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[JYEAR...] - print 4-digit Jalali year

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example:
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,30,0,3,20;[JYEAR][S:arabic]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 329

330 Date Functions 330

[JDAY...] Print Jalali-DAY

Prints the day in Jalali calender format.
The output of this date can be influenced with the [S:...] command to print the numbers either in arabic
or in latin style.

Syntax: [JDAY{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[JDAY...] - print jalali-day

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,30,0,5,30;[JDAY][S:arabic]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 330

331 Date Functions 331

[JDAY02...] Print Jalali-DAY, 02 digits

Prints the first 2 characters of the day of the Jalali calendar.
The output of this date can be influenced with the [S:...] command to print the numbers either in arabic
or in latin style.

Syntax: [JDAY02{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[JDAY02...] - print jalali-day, 02 digits

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,30,0,3,40;[JDAY02][S:arabic]
T 50,60,0,3,40;[JDAY02]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 331

332 Date Functions 332

[JMONTH...] Print Jalali-Month

Prints the Jalali month.
The output of this date can be influenced with the [S:...] command to print the numbers either in arabic
or in latin style.

Syntax: [JMONTH{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[JMONTH...] - print Jalali Month

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example:
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,30,0,3,20;Month:[JMONTH][S:arabic]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 332

333 Date Functions 333

[JMONTH02...] Print Jalali-Month - 2 digits

Print Jalali-Month,02 digits

The output of this date can be influenced with the [S:...] command to print the numbers either in arabic
or in latin style.

Syntax: [JMONTH02{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[JMONTH02...] - print Jalali month 2 - digits

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,30,0,3,10;[JMONTH02]
T 10,50,0,5,10;[JMONTH02][S:arabic]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 333

334 Date Functions 334

[JDOFY...] Print Jalali-Day OF Year

Prints the day of the year in the Jalali calendar format.
The output of this date can be influenced with the [S:...] command to print the numbers either in arabic
or in latin style.

Syntax: [JDOFY{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[JDOFY...] - Print Jalali-day of year

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,30,0,3,10;[JDOFY]
T 10,50,0,3,10;[JDOFY][S:arabic]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 334

335 Date Functions 335

[jmonth... ] Print complete Jalali month name

Prints the complete month name. The name of the month depends on the selected language of the
printer or on the previously sent „l = language“ command.

Syntax: [jmonth{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[jmonth...] - print complete Jalali month name

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example:
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,30,0,3,10;[jmonth][S:arabic]
T 10,50,0,3,10;[jmonth]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 335

336 Date Functions 336

[JWDAY...] Print Jalali-Week-DAY

Prints the week day of the Jalali calendar. The output of this date can be influenced with the [S:...]
command to print the numbers either in arabic or in latin style.

Syntax: [JWDAY{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[JWDAY{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}] - print Jalali week day

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,30,0,3,10;[JWDAY][S:arabic]
T 30,30,0,3,10;[JWDAY]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 336

337 Date Functions 337

[SYEAR... ] Print 4-digits Suriyakati Year

Print 4 digits year,based on the Suriyakati calendar. The Suriyakati calendar (also called sun calendar
or Buddha calendar) is the official calendar in Thailand.

Syntax: [SYEAR{:DD{,MM{,YY}}}]

[SYEAR...] - print a 4-digit Suriyakati Year

DD = adds the amount of additional days as numerical value

MM = adds the amount of additional months as numerical value

YY = adds the amount of additional years as numerical value

It is also possible to use previously defined variables instead of the optional

parameters DD, MM and YY.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,30,0,3,8;Suriyakati year: [SYEAR]
T 10,45,0,3,8;Gregorian year: [YYYY]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 337

338 Mathematical Functions 338

Mathematical functions
The printer offer very powerful mathematical functions for calculation and comparison of different field
values.

Mathematical functions
Field Calculations and Comparisons

[+:op1,op2. . ,] Addition
[-:op1,op2] Subtraction
[*:op1,op2. . ,] Multiplication
[/:op1,op2] Division
[%: op1,op2] Modulo

[|:op1,op2] Logical Or (Result 1, if minimum one operator is not equal to 0)

[&:op1,op2] Logical And (Result 0, if min. one operator is 0)
[<: op1,op2] Comparison - Less than (1=TRUE, 0=FALSE)
[=: op1,op2] Comparison - Equal (1=TRUE, 0=FALSE)
[>: op1,op2] Comparison - Greater than (1=TRUE, 0=FALSE)

[MOD10:x] Calculates and prints the Modulo 10 Check digit

[MOD36:x] Calculates and prints the Modulo 36 Check digit
[MOD43:x] Calculates and prints the Modulo 43 Check digit
[P:name,mn{o}] Print result in Price format
[R:x] Rounding method

[==:text1,text2] String comparision (1=TRUE, 0=FALSE)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 338

339 Mathematical Functions 339

[+:op1,op2, . . .] Addition

Addition options can be used to add several values of text - or barcode fields to print the result on the
label.

Syntax: [+:op1,op2,... ]

[+:... ] - Addition

op1,op2,... = Operand 1, Operand 2,Operand 3 ...

2 digits behind the comma are preset as default value, multiple values are allowed. The values might
be existing informations of other fields and numbers. Field operators might also be marked „invisible“ -
see option [I] ( invisible) to show only the result.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:var1;25,10,0,3,5;44,80
T:var2;20,20,0,3,5;+
T:var3;25,20,0,3,5;26,70
G 20,25,0;L:20,0.3
T:res;25,35,0,3,5;[+:var1,var3]
A1

This simple example adds var1 ( 44,80) and var3 (26,70) which are defined as fixed values in the label.
The addition sign and the line shall help to have a better overview. The result (res) uses the calculation
options.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 339

340 Mathematical Functions 340

[-:op1,op2,...] Subtraction

Subtraction options can be used to subtract several values of text - or barcode fields to print the result
on the label.

Syntax: [-:op1,op2,...]

[-:...]

op1,op2,... = minuend (op1) minus subtrahend (op2) ....

2 digits behind the comma are preset as default value, multiple values are allowed. The values might
be existing informations of other fields and numbers. Field operators might also be marked „invisible“ -
see option [I]) to show only the result.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:var1;25,10,0,3,5;44,80
T:minus;20,20,0,3,5;-
T:var2;25,20,0,3,5;26,70
G 20,25,0;L:20,0.3
T:res;25,35,0,3,5;[-:var1,var2]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 340

341 Mathematical Functions 341

[*:op1,op2, . .] Multiplication
Multiplication of several operands of text or barcode fields and prints the result in the defined field on
the label.

Syntax: [*:op1,op2,..]

[*:...] - Multiplication

op1,op2,.. = operand1 (op1) * operand 2 (op2)...

2 digits behind the comma are preset as default value, multiple values are allowed. The values might
be existing informations of other fields and numbers. Field operators might also be marked „invisible“ -
see option [I] to print only the result.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:var1;25,10,0,3,5;44,80
T 20,20,0,3,5;*
T:var2;25,20,0,3,5;26,70
G 20,25,0;L:20,0.3
T:res;25,35,0,3,5;[*:var1,var2]
A1

This example multiplies var1 ( 44,80) and var3 (26,70) which are defined as fixed values in the label. .
The text field (res) calculates the result.
This option is useful to calculate the total price of a weighted product, where the data of var1 might be
the weight of the product and var3 might be a fixed value which is the price per unit.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 341

342 Mathematical Functions 342

[/ :op1,op2] Division

Divides operand1 (op1) by operand2 (op2) and prints the result in the defined field on the label.

Syntax: [/:op1,op2,...]

[/ :...] - Division

op1,op2... = Operand1 (op1) divided by operand2 (op2) ...

2 digits behind the comma are preset as default value. The values might be existing informations of
other fields and numbers. Field operators might also be marked „invisible“ - see option [I] to print only
the result.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:var1;25,10,0,3,5;72
T:var2;20,20,0,3,5;/
T:var3;25,20,0,3,5;6
G 20,25,0;L:20,0.3
T:res;25,35,0,3,5;[/:var1,var3]
A1

This example divides var1 ( 72) by var3 (6) which are defined as fixed values in the label. The division
sign and the line shall help to have a better overview. The result (res) uses the calculation options.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 342

343 Mathematical Functions 343

[%: op1,op2] Modulo

The remainder of the two operands is the modulo.

Syntax: [%: op1,op2]

[%: ...] - Modulo

op1,op2,... = operand1 (op1), operand2(op2)

2 digits behind the comma are preset as default value. The values might be existing informations of
other fields and numbers. Field operators might also be marked „invisible“ - see option [I] to print only
the result.

Example: J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:var1;25,10,0,3,5;84
T:var2;25,20,0,3,5;8
G 20,25,0;L:20,0.3
T:res;25,35,0,3,5;[%:var1,var2]
A1

The remainder of 84, divided by 8 is 4.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 343

344 Mathematical Functions 344

[%: op1,op2] Modulo

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:COUNT;5,10,0,3,4;[SER:000000][I]
T:MODCALC;5,10,,3,4;[%:COUNT,15][I]
T:SHIFT;5,10,,3,4;[+:MODCALC,1][D:2,0]
A 20

The sample above produces a counter from 1 to 15 and sets it back to 1, to restart the counter from the
beginning.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 344

345 Mathematical Functions 345

[|:op1,op2] Logical Or

Logical Or (Result will be „1“, if minimum one operator is not equal to 0, Result will be „0“ on all other
conditons.

Syntax: [|:op1,op2]

[|:...] - Logical OR

op1,op2 = operator1 (op1) is compared with operator 2 (op2)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:var1;25,10,0,3,5;1
T:var2;25,20,0,3,5;0
G 20,25,0;L:20,0.3
T:res;25,35,0,3,5;[|:var1,var2]
A1

Result 1, because the first variable (var1) is not 0.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 345

346 Mathematical Functions 346

[|:op1,op2] Logical Or

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:var1;25,10,0,3,5;0
T:var2;25,20,0,3,5;0
G 20,25,0;L:20,0.3
T:res;25,35,0,3,5;[|:var1,var2]
A1

Result 0, because both variables are 0.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 346

347 Mathematical Functions 347

[&:op1,op2] Logical AND

Compares 2 values and prints the result which is defined in that field. Result is „1“ if both values for the
comparision are identical“ - otherwise the result is 0.

Syntax: [&:op1,op2]

[&:...] - Logical AND

op1,op2 = operator1 (op1) is compared with operator 2 (op2)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:var1;25,10,0,3,5;1
T:var2;25,20,0,3,5;1
G 20,25,0;L:20,0.3
T:res;25,35,0,3,5;[&:var1,var2]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 347

348 Mathematical Functions 348

[<: op1,op2] Comparision < Less than

Compares 2 values and has the result „1“ if the expression is true, otherwise 0

Syntax: [<:op1,op2]

[<:... ]

op1,op2 = operand 1 (op1) less than operand 2 (op2)

The result is true (1), when operand1 (op1) is less than operand2 (op2)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:var1;25,10,0,3,5;63
T:var2;25,20,0,3,5;41
G 20,25,0;L:20,0.3
T:res;25,35,0,3,5;[<:var1,var2]
A1

In our example: Operand1 (var1 =63) is not less than operand2 (var2 =41) - the result is false (0)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 348

349 Mathematical Functions 349

[=: op1,op2] Comparision = Equal

Compares 2 values and has the result true (1), when the values are equal or false. (0) when these two
values are not equal.

Syntax: [=: op1,op2]

[=:...]

op1,op2 = Operand1 (op1) compared with operand 2 (op2)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:var1;25,10,0,3,5;12
T:var2;20,20,0,3,5;= ?
T:var3;25,20,0,3,5;6
G 20,25,0;L:20,0.3
T:res;25,35,0,3,5;[=:var1,var3]
A1

Compares 12 and 6 and has the result „false“ (0)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 349

350 Mathematical Functions 350

[==: text1,text2] String Comparision == Equal

Compares 2 text strings and has the result true (1), when the text strings are equal or false. (0) when
these two strings are not equal.

Syntax: [==:text1,text2]

[==:...] - String comparision

text1,text2 = textstring1 (text1) compared with textstring2 (text2)

Example: m m
J
O R
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T:VAR1;5,20,0,5,pt20;IDENTICAL
T:VAR2;5,30,0,5,pt20;IDENTICAL
G 10,33,270;L:15,2,s,a
T:VAR3;8,60,0,5,pt20;[==:VAR1,VAR2]
T:VAR4;55,20,0,5,10;Text3
T:VAR5;55,30,0,5,pt20;Text4
G 68,33,270;L:15,2,s,a
T:VAR6;65,60,0,5,10;[==:VAR4,VAR5]
A 1

Compares identical text strings with the result true (1) and compares 2 other text strings and has the
result „false“ (0)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 350

351 Mathematical Functions 351

[>: op1,op2] Comparision > Greater than

This option compares 2 values and has the result = true (1) or false (0)

Syntax: [>: op1,op2]

[>: ...] - comparision greater than

op1,op2 = compares operator1 (op1) with operator2 (op2)

The result is true (1), when operand1 (op1) is greater than operand2 (op2)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:var1;25,10,0,3,5;63
T:var2;25,20,0,3,5;41
G 20,25,0;L:20,0.3
T:res;25,35,0,3,5;[>:var1,var2]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 351

352 Mathematical Functions 352

[MOD10:x] Calculate the Modulo 10 check digit

Calculates and prints the Modulo 10 check digit for numerical barcodes

Syntax: [MOD10:x]

[MOD10:...] - calculate the MOD 10 digit

x = value which is used to calculate the check digit

This function can be used to visualize check digits of barcodes, which are sometimes invisible. Some
barcodes use a check digit for the scanner to validate the data only which is not displayed in the human
readable line.
Some applications require this check digit for internal usage. This can be done with the „Mod10“
function.

Note: [MOD10:...]
Identical calculation of the check digit as on EAN Codes. Weighting ( from right to left) is 3,1,3,1....
The number of digits theoretically doesn´t matter as the calculation starts from the right side.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 352

353 Mathematical Functions 353

[MOD10:x] Calculate the Modulo 10 check digit

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:input;10,10,0,3,5;123456789
B 10,20,0,2OF5+MOD10,10,.3;[input]
T 10,40,0,3,5;[input][MOD10:input]
A 1

This example uses the input variable for a interleaved 2 of 5 barcode, which has to contain a modulo
10 digit. Usually only the input data is copied to a second field. As the printer cannot know, that the -
normally invisible check digit shall be shown on the label. Therefor [MOD10:input] is used.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 353

354 Mathematical Functions 354

[MOD36:x] Calculate the Modulo 36 check digit

Calculates and prints the Modulo 36 check digit.

Syntax: [MOD36:x]

[MOD36:x] = Calculation of the MOD 36 check digit

x = value which is used to calculate the check digit

This function can be used to visualize check digits of barcodes, which are sometimes invisible. Some
barcodes use a check digit for the scanner only which is not displayed in the human readable line.
Some applications require this check digit for internal usage. This can be done with the „Mod36“
function. This function makes only sense together with Code39.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:input;10,20,0,3,8;CAB300
B 10,30,0,CODE39+MOD36,10,.3;[input]
T 10,50,0,3,8;[input][MOD36:input]
A 1

This example uses the input variable for a Code 39 barcode. Usually only the input data is copied to a
second field, as the printer can not know, that the - normally invisible check digit shall be shown on the
label. Therefor [MOD36:input] is used.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 354

355 Mathematical Functions 355

[MOD43:x] Calculate the Modulo 43 Check digit

Calculates and prints the Modulo 43 Check digit.

Syntax: [MOD43:x]

[MOD43:x] = Calculation of the MOD 43 check digit

x = value which is used to calculate the check digit

This function can be used to visualize check digits of barcodes, which are sometimes invisible. Some
barcodes use a check digit for the scanner only which is not displayed in the human readable line.
Some applications require this check digit for internal usage. This can be done with the „Mod43“
function. This function makes only sense together with CODE128 and Code39.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:input;10,20,0,3,8;CAB767
B 10,30,0,CODE39+MOD43,10,.3;[input]
T 10,50,0,3,8;[input][MOD43:input]
A 1

This example uses the input variable for a Code 39 barcode. Usually only the input data is copied to a
second field, as the printer can not know, that the - normally invisible check digit - shall be shown on
the label. Therefor [MOD43:input] is used.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 355

356 Mathematical Functions 356

[P: ... ] Print result in Price format

Prints result in price format

Syntax: [P:name,td{o}]

[P:...] - price format option

name = field name

t = thousands separator

d = decimal point character

o = optional addendum characters

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:Price1;10,20,0,3,8;[P:5432,.,-] [U:$20AC]
T:Price;10,50,0,3,8;$ [P:1000000,.,-]
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 356

357 Mathematical Functions 357

[R:x] Rounding method

The printers „know“ several rounding methods. To select a specified rounding method use the [R:x]
option.

Syntax: [R:x]

[R:x] - rounding method

x = n = no rounding ( default )
u = rounding up
d = rounding down
m = round mathematically

The following example shows the functionality:

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,10,0,3,6;[*:5.191,5] [R:u]
T 10,20,0,3,6;[*:5.1898,5] [R:d]
T 10,30,0,3,6;[*:5.1898,5] [R:m]
A 1

Per default the result shows 2 digits after the decimal point.
The [D:…] command can be used to show more or less digits after the decimal point.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 357

358 Special Functions 358

Special functions
The Special Functions are completing the JScript programming language. On the following pages we
describe how to handle display prompts, we show how to write data into a LOG file and offer some
examples how data can be formatted.

Special functions (miscellaneous)

[?:x,y,z,{D},{Lx},{Mx},{R},{J}] Prompt line on the printer´s display

[ABC:x] Insert ABC value
[BIN:x{,y...}] Insert Binary data
[BIN16B:x{,y ...} ] Binary data , 16 bit - Big Endian
[BIN16L:x{,y ...} ] Binary data, 16 bit - Little Endian

[BIN32B:x{,y ...} ] Binary data , 32 bit - Big Endian

[BIN32L:x{,y ...} ] Binary data , 32 bit - Little Endian
[BITFIELD:... ] Bitwise encoded data field
[C:fill{,base}] Leading zero replacement
[D:m,n] Set number of Digits to print

[DBF:key,keyvalue,entryfield] DataBase Field

[HEX:x] Hexadecimal conversion
[I{!}{:cond}] Invisible field
[JOBID] print JOB ID
[J:ml] Justification

[LEN:x] Returns the Length of a variable

[LOWER:x] Converts the input data in lower case characters
[LTRIM:x] Trim data Left
[name] Access a field with a name
[name,m{,n}] Insert substring from another field

continued on the next page.....

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 358

359 Special Functions 359

Special functions

Special functions (miscellaneous) ... continued

[PDFLOG:...] PDF LOG - logging into database

[RTMP{:x}] Read from a TMP (serial) file
[RTRIM:x] Trim data Right
[RUSER] Read data from USER memory
[S:name] Numeric Script style

[SELECT] SELECT data from list

[SER:start{incr,{freq}}] Insert SERial numbering
[SPLIT:xx,n] Split data
[SQL:xx] SQL database access
[SQLLOG:...] SQL LOG in database

[TRIM:...] TRIM data

[U:x] Insert Unicode character
[UPPER:x] Converts the input data in upper case characters
[WINF] Writes value into the „INF“ buffer
[WLOG] Write to LOG file

[WTMP] Write to TMP (temporary) serial file

[WUSER] Write value to USER memory

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 359

360 Special Functions 360

[?: ... ] LCD prompt - Stand Alone Mode

Your printer offers the feature that a standard PC keyboard with USB connector can be connected the
printers.All current printers have this possibility as standard feature.

Labels, graphics, databases and fonts can be saved on the printer´s optional memory card, in the
internal memory (IFFS), the external CF card or on an USB memory stick.
The availability of the different memory is depending on the printer type.

Recalling labels can easily be done through an attached USB PC- keyboard,or an attached USB
scanner or in the worst case through the printer´s control panel buttons - (which is useful only for easy
applications).

The printers allow also for variable input, whereby the prompt on the LC display is defined with this
command.

Some important infos:

1. Recalling a label from a USB PC-keyboard can be done by pressing the function key "F1".
2. Functionkey "F2" prints the previous label again.
3. Functionkey "F3" recalls the label, prompts all input fields and asks for the quantity

Further information about the stand alone mode and the key assignment can be found in the
configuration manual at www.cab.de in the support / download area.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 360

361 Special Functions 361

[?: ... ] LCD prompt - Stand Alone Mode

To recall a label with a barcode scanner, just simply print a barcode with following content:
"F1labelname"- i.e. for a label which has been previously saved with the name "test", you will need to
create a barcode with the content "F1test".

In the following example we expect, that a label with the name

"test" has been saved in the printer.

Here a programming example, printed on a 200 dpi printer, which

creates the barcode with the name "F1test"

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
B 10,30,0,CODE-128,20,0.6;F1test
A 1

If the barcode is scanned it recalls the label with the name "test.lbl" from the printers memory.
It is not possible to guarantee that all keyboards, scanners, USB-sticks or compact flash cards will work
in the printers.
It seems that not everybody folllows the specifications. There is only the possibility of try and error or
you may talk to a printer reseller for recommendations.
"Cherry" - keyboards, "Opticon2 scanners and compact flash cards from SanDisk. USB memory is
more critical - here it is really try and error.
(All mentioned company names are registered trademarks)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 361

362 Special Functions 362

[?: ... ] LCD prompt - Stand Alone Mode

Syntax: [?:x,y,z{,D}{,Lx}{,Mx}{,R}{,J}]

? = command for the LCD prompt

x = Text line which appears on the printers LCD ( 16 characters max.)

y = optional default value which is displayed on the LCD for the first input
otherwise the previous input appears.

z = defines how often the input has to be entered

Optional parameters:
D = deletes the previous input

Lx = length of the input line (x=1-200) - which means 1-200 characters

Mx = Masks the input with following parameters:

x = 0 numeric, decimal separators and sign

1 numeric values
2 lower case letters
3 alphanumeric lower case characters
4 upper case letters
5 alphanumeric upper case characters
6 upper and lower case characters
7 alphanumeric upper and lower case characters
8 all characters

No space character is allowed if the exclamation mark " ! “ is placed

directly after the M option

R = Repeats the input prompt if a record could not be found in a database

J = repeats the prompt when the printer asks for the input of the amount of
labels. ( A[?,R] ) defines a simple loop for the amount of labels.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 362

363 Special Functions 363

[?: ... ] LCD prompt - Stand Alone Mode

Example: m m
O R
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T 10,10,0,5,5;[?:article number]
A1

Requests in the display for article number and appears like shown in the picture below. Data can now
be exchanged through an attached keyboard or scanner or through the navigator pad.

Example: m m
O R
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T 10,10,0,5,5;[?:article number,7733214]
A1

Requests in the display for article number and the preset value 7733214. .Data can now be
exchanged through an attached keyboard or scanner or through the navigator pad.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 363

364 Special Functions 364

[?: ... ] LCD prompt - Stand Alone Mode

Example: m m
J
O R
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T 10,10,0,5,5;[?:article,screw,3]
A6

Presets in the word screw in the display.

Example: [?:article no:,7733214,3,D]

Prompts with the headline article no: and the preset value 7733214 each three labels and erases the
last input, which is only shown for the first time when the label is recalled.

Example: [?:article no,screw,,L8]

Prompts with the headline article no: and the preset value is screw. The maximum length of input
data is limited to 8 characters.

Example: [?:number,7733214,,M1111111]

Prompts for number with the preset value of 7733214 and masks the input for numeric values only.

Example: [?:artno?,,1,M1114444]

Prompts for artno?, has no preset value and expects 3 numeric and 4 upper case characters

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 364

365 Special Functions 365

[?: ... ] LCD prompt - Stand Alone Mode

Example: [?:article?,,1,M1111111,R,D]

Prompts for article number without a preset value, limited to 7 digits and repeated prompt if database
record was not found.

Example: [?:article,22003,,,L5,M!11111]

Prompts for article with preset value 22003 and masks the input for 5 digits without space character.

Example for a simple loop:

Example: m m
J simple loop
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 10,15,0,3,10;[SER:1]
T 10,30,0,3,10;[?:INPUT?] (This request prompts only once)
T 10,45,0,3,10;[?:Second INPUT?,,,J] (This request repeats prompting)
A [?,R]

Repeats the prompt until the cancel button is pressed

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 365

366 Special Functions 366

[ABC:x] Insert ABC value

Inserts a value from ABC (a-series basic compiler). This enables the printer to use abc programs as
function.

Syntax: [ABC:x]

[ABC:...] - Insert ABC value

x = parameter which is transmitted by abc

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 366

367 Special Functions 367

[BIN:x{,y ...} ] Insert Binary data

Converts data into binary values. Converted data are 8 bit data. This can be used e.g. for for 2D
barcodes which require sometimes special contents.

Syntax: [BIN:x{,y...}]

[BIN:...] - Insert Binary data

x = input data, whereby multiple data can be converted,separated

by commas.

Example:
J
mm
S e;0,0,68,70,100
T:aa;10,10,0,3,4;<[BIN:1][BIN16B:1000][BIN16L:1000][BIN32B:$12345678][BIN32L:$12345678]>
T 10,16,0,3,4;[HEX:aa]
A 1

The data is visible in this sample after copying the binary value into a hex value.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 367

368 Special Functions 368

[BIN16B:x{,y ...} ] Insert Binary data, 16 bit - Big Endian

allows to insert binary data in Big Endian format. For further details about binary data Little Endian and
Big Endian please refer to Wikipedia at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Endianness

Syntax: [BIN16B:x{,y ...} ]

[BIN16B:...] - Insert binary data, 16 bit Big Endian

x{,y ...} = Binary data

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 368

369 Special Functions 369

[BIN16L:x{,y ...} ] Insert Binary data, 16 bit - Little Endian

allows to insert binary data in Little Endian format. For further details about binary data Little Endian
and Big Endian please refer to Wikipedia at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Endianness

Syntax: [BIN16L:x{,y ...} ]

[BIN16L:...] - Insert binary data, 16 bit Little Endian

x{,y ...} = Binary data

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 369

370 Special Functions 370

[BIN32B:x{,y ...} ] Insert Binary data, 32 bit - Big Endian

allows to insert binary data in Big Endian format. For further details about binary data Little Endian and
Big Endian please refer to Wikipedia at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Endianness

Syntax: [BIN32B:x{,y ...}]

[BIN32B:...] - Insert binary data, 32 bit Big Endian

x{,y ...} = Binary data

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 370

371 Special Functions 371

[BIN16L:x{,y ...} ] Insert Binary data, 32 bit - Little Endian

allows to insert binary data in Little Endian format. For further details about binary data Little Endian
and Big Endian please refer to Wikipedia at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Endianness

Syntax: [BIN16L:x{,y ...} ]

[BIN16L:...] - Insert binary data, 32 bit Little Endian

x{,y ...} = Binary data

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 371

372 Special Functions 372

[BITFIELD:... ] Bitwise encoded data field

Bitfield creates a bitwise encoded data field. It fills up 8 bits in the Big - Endian - Mode

Syntax: [BITFIELD:bits1,bits2,...bitsn:val1,val2,...val3n]

[BITFIELD:bits1,bits2,...bitsn:val1,val2,...val3n]

bits = 1-32

val = Value

The amount of bit width (bits1,...) and the amount of values (val1,...) must be identical !

Example: ; Testlabel for BITFIELD

m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T:t1;10,10,0,3,5;[BITFIELD:12,4:1000,5][I]
T 10,10,0,3,5;[HEX:t1]
T:t2;10,20,0,3,5;[BITFIELD:3:2][I]
T 10,20,0,3,5;[HEX:t2]
T:t3;10,30,0,3,5;[BITFIELD:24:100000][I]
T 10,30,0,3,5;[HEX:t3]
T:t4;10,40,0,3,5;[BITFIELD:5,7,3,1:25,100,5,1][I]
T 10,40,0,3,5;[HEX:t4]
A 1

The example above creates 4 bitfields, marked as invisible (non printable) . The second
programming line converts the value into a HEX value for the printout.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 372

373 Special Functions 373

[C: ... ] Leading zero replacement

Leading zeroes can be replaced with this function. The default counting system for serialized fields
(base) is 10 and can be replaced with values from 2...36. This command can be used with some date
or time functions to suppress leading zeroes for single digit month or time.

Syntax: [C:fill{,base}]

C= Leading zero replacement

fill = fill characters

base = optional parameter to set the counting system

Please see the example on the next page

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 373

374 Special Functions 374

[C: ... ] Leading zero replacement

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:CNT; 10,15,0,3,10;[SER:1][I]
T:FIELD1;10,10,0,3,10;[+:1,CNT][C:0][D:4,0]
T:FIELD2;10,20,0,3,10;[+:1,CNT][C: ][D:4,0]
A 4

Prints 4 labels with 2 counters- one counter with leading zero and the other counter without leading
zeroes. The counter starts with the number 2.

Please see option " [Ser ... ] " for more details about serial numbering.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 374

375 Special Functions 375

[D:... ] Set Number of Digits

This option allows for special formatting on a calculated field.

Syntax: [D:m,n]

D= Set number of Digits

m = amount of digits

n = digits after the comma (2 is default value)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:input;10,30,0,3,14;[*:10.79,4.16] [D:4,2]
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 375

376 Special Functions 376

[DBF:... ] Database file access

Syntax: [DBF:key,keyvalue,entryfield]

Command to access data from a DBase III TM compatible database on the optional memory card or on
the internal flash file system.

[DBF:...] - Database file access

key = Search value of the database

keyvalue = is defined by the alphanumeric value in the actual record

entryfield = transmits the value of the actual record

Example: [DBF:NUMBER,NUMBERTA,ARTICLE]

Searches in the database for the key NUMBER, in the field NUMBERTA and transmits the value of
ARTICLE.

The“ E DBF " command must be defined to tell the label the database name, before this command can
be used. Please read there for additional information.
Please see also the "A" command ( Amount of labels) which describes how to print the complete
amount of records of a database.
Only one database can be used at the same time in a label.
This function makes only sense if small databases are used. More database possibilites are available
with the cab database connector, later described in this manual.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 376

377 Special Functions 377

[HEX:x ...] Hexadecimal conversion

Converts binary data into a hexadecimal string. If "normal“ data is included, only the least significant
byte of the unicode is converted.

Syntax: [HEX:x...]

[HEX:x...] - Hexadecimal conversion

x = data

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T:Original;0,0,0,5,5;A[I]
T:HEX;10,20,0,5,10;[Original] is [HEX:Original] HEX
T:Original1;0,0,0,5,5;Hello[I]
T:HEX1;10,40,0,5,4;[Original1] = [HEX:Original1] as HEX value
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 377

378 Special Functions 378

[I: ...] Invisible fields

This function defines a field as invisible (it will not appear on the printout). The invisible function is very
helpful when some items shall not shown on the label, but they might be required for other operations,
such as calculations or for substring operations etc.

Syntax: [I{:Condition}]

[I...] - Invisible Field (suppresses the printout of a field)

Condition = Field will print if Condition is not „0“

!Condition = inverted function of „Condition“

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:WEIGHT;10,20,0,3,5;[?:Weight?][I]
T:PRICEUNIT;10,20,0,3,5;[I] 2.65
T:RESULT;10,40,0,3,5;Total: [*:WEIGHT,PRICEUNIT]
A 1

This example requests for input on the LC Display of the printer and multiplies this value with the
priceunit which is defined as fixed value. Both fields are invisible. Only the result of the price calculation
will print.
In our example the weight was 12 Kilogramms.
Invisible fields must be defined such as regular or visible fields and the syntax must be correct.
They may be located on the same position. That doesn´t matter as they do not appear on the label

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 378

379 Special Functions 379

[I: ...] Invisible fields

Example: J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:VISIBLE;10,20,0,3,5;[?:Show Weight? (Y/N),,,,M4][I]
T:VISIBLE1;50,20,0,3,5;[==:VISIBLE,N][I]
T:WEIGHT;10,20,0,3,5;[?:Weight?:]g [I:VISIBLE1]
T:PRICEUNIT;10,20,0,3,5;[I] 0.05
T:RESULT;10,40,0,3,6;The price for [WEIGHT] is: $
[*:WEIGHT,PRICEUNIT]
A 1

This example requests for input on the LC Display of the printer and waits for the upper
case character „N“ to suppress the printout of the keyed in value „WEIGHT“. (Anything
else than „N“ will cause the WEIGHT field to print.) In the example below we did not key
in „N“, so the value prints in the upper left corner. The result depends on your input value.

Invisible fields must be defined such as regular or visible fields and the syntax must be
correct.
They may be located on the same position. That doesn´t matter as they do not appear on
the label.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 379

380 Special Functions 380

[JOBID] print JOB ID

The JOBID command prints the Identification of the print job. For further information please see also
"j Job-ID" and "ESC j".

Syntax: [JOBID]

[JOBID] - print Job ID

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,55
O R
T 10,20,0,5,7;JOBID:
T 10,30,0,5,6;[JOBID]
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 380

381 Special Functions 381

[J: ... ] Justification

The J command can be used to set the orientation of a text string or for a 1D barcode in a specified
area.

Syntax: [J:ml]

J - Justification

m = l - left
= c -centered
= r - right

l = length of the specified area where the text string will be

justified

Positions are measured in millimeters or in inches, whatever is set by the "m“ command.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
G:AREA;10,10,0;R:70,10,.2,.2
T:NOADJUST;10,30,0,3,5;Hello
T:ADJUST;10,20,0,3,5;Hello[J:r70]
A 1

The Field "NOADJUST“ is transmitted without modification and the Field "ADJUST“ adjusts the textline
to the right side of the defined area. (Shown with added rectangle.)
[J:r70] = area of justification -marked by the rectangle. In this ara we adjust the text on the right side.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 381

382 Special Functions 382

[J: ... ] Justification

Another example where the text is rotated. It is helpful to experiment with this command
to understand clearly how it works.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
G:AREA;0,10,0;R:50,50,.4,.4
T:NOADJUST;10,60,90,5,5;START
T:ADJUST;20,60,90,5,5;center[J:c50]
T:RightADJ;30,60,90,5,5;right[J:r50]
T:LeftADJ;40,60,90,5,5;left[J:l50]
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 382

383 Special Functions 383

[LEN:x] Text Length detection

This special command delivers the length of the specified text (x)

Syntax: [LEN:x]

[LEN:...] - text length detection

x = Textstring or variable name

Example: mm
J
O R
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T:VAR1; 10,10,0,5,5;TEXTLINE
B:VAR2; 10,15,0,CODE128,12,.5;Barcode
T 10,40,0,596,5;Length of VAR1:[LEN:VAR1]
T 10,50,0,5,5;Length of VAR2: (Barcode) [LEN:VAR2]
T 10,60,0,5,5;Length of Textstring: [LEN:Hallo]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 383

384 Special Functions 384

[LOWER:... ] converts to lower case letters

The „LOWER“ function converts text contents into lower case characters

Syntax: [LOWER:Name]

[LOWER:...]

Name = variable name

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:Input;10,20,0,3,8;Hello World
T:LOWERCASE;10,40,0,3,8;[LOWER:Input]
A 1

Prints the field „Input“ as it is keyed in, and prints the same data in field „LOWERCASE“
as lowercase characters.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 384

385 Special Functions 385

[LTRIM:... ] Trim data Left

The LTrim command removes space characters and Tab characters at the beginning of a text line.

Syntax: [LTRIM:x]

[LTRIM:...] - Trim data from left side

x = data

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T:CutMe;10,20,0,5,5,n; Remove empty space
T:CutOff;10,30,0,5,5,n;[TRIM:CutMe]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 385

386 Special Functions 386

[name] Access a field with a name

Uses previously defined field contents of text or barcode fields for further operations. This might be to
concetenate the values of different fields, to use the values for mathematical operations etc. It is
required that the predefined field names are unique and case sensitive.

The name option can use a predefined field content multiple times within a label.

Syntax: [name]

name = previously defined fieldname

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:FIELD1;10,20,0,3,5;cab
T:FIELD2;10,30,0,3,5;label printers
T:FIELD3;10,40,0,3,4;we like [FIELD1] [FIELD2]!
A 1

FIELD1 and FIELD2 are linked with additional standard text in FIELD3

Note: Field names are case sensitive !!

A fieldname must be defined unique. Using the same name twice or more often is not allowed and
causes a Error Message in the printer´s display..

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 386

387 Special Functions 387

[name,m{,n}] insert substring

Extracts data from an existing data string of an other previously defined field. Parts of field contents can
be used for further operations in another field.

Syntax: [name,m{,n}]

name = previously defined field name

m = position of the first character to be copied

n = amount of characters to copy

m and n could be also variables from prior calculations

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:ORIGINAL;10,20,0,3,8;Hello GERMANY
T:CUTOFF;10,40,0,3,8;[ORIGINAL,10,4]
A 1

This example uses the previously defined field with the field name „ORIGINAL“ and cuts from the
content "Hello GERMANY“ 4 characters, starting at character number 10.
The result is shown below.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 387

388 Special Functions 388

[PDFLOG:... ] PDF logging into database

This function is available on EOS only and requires the optional support of the cab database connector
software.
Enables the printer to send a picture of the printed label as .PDF file to an SQL database. PDFLOG will
be processed when the label is printed.
This enables graphical data logging into a database.

Syntax: [PDFLOG:xx]

[PDFLOG:...] - PDF logging into database

xx = any SQL query

This function is only available for printers of the EOS series and requires the additional cab database
connector software. For further information please see the command [SQL:xx] and have a view to the
cab database connector section later in this manual.

Please note: The maximum length is 128 characters.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 388

389 Special Functions 389

[RTMP... ] Read value from serial (TMP) file

Reads the value from a serial file of the optional memory card

Syntax: [RTMP{,x}]

[RTMP:...] - Read value from serial file

x = defines how many times the value will repeated

See also the command [WTMP] Write value as serial temp file.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 389

390 Special Functions 390

[RTRIM:... ] Trim data Right

The RTRIM command removes space characters or Tab characters at the end of a text line.

Syntax: [RTRIM:x]

[RTRIM:x] - Trim data right

x = data

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T:CutMe;10,20,0,5,5,n; Remove empty space RIGHT
T:CutOff;10,30,0,5,5,n;[RTRIM:CutMe]
A1

We used inverted Text, so it is easier to see what happens.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 390

391 Special Functions 391

[RUSER... ] Read value from (user) memory

Reads the value from the „user memory". Maximum length is 32 bytes.

Syntax: [RUSER{,x}]

RUSER = Read USER file, e.g. serial number

x = defines how many time the value will repeated

See also the command "[WUSER]". - Write value to user memory.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 391

392 Special Functions 392

[S:... ] Script style for numeric values

Influences the script style for numeric values. LATIN or ARABIC or THAI are valid values. Selecting
ARABIC is only possible with font type -3 or special arabic true type fonts. This command has no
influence on barcodes.

Syntax: [S:name]

[S:...] - Script style for numeric values

name = Arabic
= Latin
= Thai

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:var1;15,10,0,3,5;44,80
T:var2;10,20,0,3,5;+
T:var3;15,20,0,3,5;26,70
G 10,23,0;L:20,0.3
T:res;15,28,0,-3,x2,y2;[+:var1,var3][S:ARABIC]
T:var4;45,10,0,3,5;44,80
T:var5;40,20,0,3,5;+
T:var6;45,20,0,3,5;26,70
G 40,23,0;L:20,0.3
T:res1;45,28,0,-3,x2,y2;[+:var1,var3][S:THAI]
A1

Prints the result of this calculation in arabic and thai script style.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 392

393 Special Functions 393

[SELECT:...] - Select data from a list

Enables the printer to show a selection list on the printers display. It shows a list of items which can be
selected on the touch screen of the printer.
This function exists only on EOS printers .

Syntax: [SELECT:w,x,y,z{,D}{,R}{,J}]

[SELECT:...] - Select Data

w = Text line which appears on the printers display (32 characters max.)

x = Field name of text object containing the select list. Items are
separated using the ASCII group separator.

y = Index of default selection. First item has index 1.

z = Defines how often the input has to be entered

D = Deletes the previous input

R = Repeats the input prompt if a record could not be found in a

database

J = Repeats the prompt when the printer asks for the input of the
amount of labels.
( A[?,R] ) defines a simple loop for the amount of labels.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 393

394 Special Functions 394

[SELECT:...] - Select data from a list

The following example lists three values which show up for a selection on the printers display.
The values can be selected by an optional attached PC keyboard or directly on the touch screen of
your EOS printer.

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
T:colour;0,0,0,3,5;[I]Red[U:GS]Green[U:GS]Blue
T:index;0,0,0,3,5;[I][SELECT:Select colour,colour,2,1]
T 10,10,0,3,5;[SPLIT:colour,index]
A 1

This is what shows up on the display.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 394

395 Special Functions 395

[SER:...] - Serial numbering

Causes the printer to print serial numbers.

Syntax: [SER:start{,incr,{freq}}]

[SER:...] = Serial numbering

start = Initialisation value

- sets the start number

incr = increment value

- presets the number which is added to the start number

freq = frequency - defines the number of identical values on the

labels before the serial number increments.

The printers will use automatically "1“ if incr and freq are not set. Please see also the samples on the
next pages.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 395

396 Special Functions 396

[SER:...] - Serial numbering

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:CNT; 10,15,0,3,10;[SER:1][I]
T:FIELD1;10,10,0,3,10;[+:1,CNT][C:0][D:4,0]
T:FIELD2;10,20,0,3,10;[+:1,CNT][C: ][D:4,0]
A 4

The same example as for the „C:Fill..“ command has been used (leading zero replacement)
Please see there to get more information about these functions.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 396

397 Special Functions 397

[SER:...] - Serial numbering

Example: Counter with variable start value

The following example shows a counter which uses a variable start value.
We define 2 invisible (non printable) fields which contain the start value and the counting part.
The mathematical sum of both fields will be printed as result of both fields.
The result is defined without digits behind the comma.

The start value is defined for the keyboard input and will be requested in the printer´s display.
In the example below the start value of 99 was keyed in.

Example: m m
J
O R
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:start;0,0,0,5,5;[?:Counter-Start value?][I]
T:offset;0,0,0,5,5;[SER:000][I]
T 10,50,0,5,40;[+:start,offset][C:0][D:1,0]
A 4

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 397

398 Special Functions 398

[SER:...] - Serial numbering

The following example shows a label which will be saved on the printers memory card and the variable
start value is sent by the attached computer.
Please refer also to the "M s“ command which explains how to save labels on a memory card.
Do not use "M s" if your data is copied by FTP to the printer´s memory card.

Example: Ms LBL;NUMBER
m m
J
H 100,0
S l1;.0,.0,50.0,53.5,70.0
T:YEAR;60.3,4.8,180.0,5,4.0;[YYYY]
T:NR;0,0,0,3,2;0000000[I]
T:OS;0,0,0,3,2;[SER:0000000][I]
T:SER;48.3,4.7,180.0,5,4.0;[+:NR,OS][C:0][D:7,0]
B:BAR2;66.7,43.9,180.0,2of5interleaved+MOD10,35.0,.34,3.0;[YEAR][SER]
B:BAR3;19.9,6.0,270.0,2of5interleaved+MOD10,18.0,.34,3.0;[BAR2]
Ms LBL
A 1[NOPRINT]

Ml LBL;NUMBER
R OS;[SER:0000025]
A 3

The Ml command recalls the label,the R command replaces the variable "OS“ and the printer prints 3
labels.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 398

399 Special Functions 399

[SER:...] - Serial numbering

Example: Counter with restart from the beginning

The following example shows how to program a counter which restarts after a specific amount of
labels.
Here the counter starts at one, counts up until the value "3“ is reached and restarts again counting from
"1“. Totally 10 labels will be printed.

Example: m m
J
O R
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:COUNTER;0,0,0,5,5;[SER:0][I]
T:MAXLAB;0,0,0,5,5;[%:COUNTER,3][I]
T:RESULT; 30,30,0,5,12;[+:MAXLAB,1][D:2,0]
A 10

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 399

400 Special Functions 400

[SPLIT:xx,n] - Split data

Selects field number "n" from the text xx (single texts must be separated by GS).
The split command is mainly used together with the cab database connector. Data strings
can be connected as one string, which reduces the transmission time for database
access.
The data strings need to be separated by group separators.

Syntax: [SPLIT:xx,n]

[SPLIT:xx,n] - Split data

xx = data string

n = field number

The following example shows, how data can be replaced and splitted in a previously
defined label. The label had been saved before on a CF card. (SAMPLE.LBL)

m m
Example:
J
O R
S l1;0,0,68,70,104
T:CONTENT;0,0,0,5,pt1;
T 10,10,0,5,pt10;[SPLIT:CONTENT,1]
T 10,20,0,5,pt10;[SPLIT:CONTENT,2]
T 10,30,0,5,pt10;[SPLIT:CONTENT,3]
T 10,40,0,5,pt10;[SPLIT:CONTENT,4]

; Replacesequenz
M l LBL;SAMPLE
R CONTENT;FIELD1-Content[U:GS]FIELD2-Content[U:GS]FIELD3-
Content[U:GS]FIELD4-Content
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 400

401 Special Functions 401

[SQL:xx ] SQL database access

Enables the printer to access a SQL database. This command is used together with the cab database-
connector.

It requires that a file has been select first with the command "E SQL....". See also the cab database
connector section later in this manual.

Syntax: [SQL:xx]

[SQL:...] - SQL database access

xx = any SQL query

e.g. SELECT DESCRIPTION FROM TABLE WHERE SEARCHVALUE=’{Fieldname}’

This example below shows a typical request from the SQL database

Example: T 10,15,0,3,5;[SQL:SELECT PRODNAME FROM TA WHERE ARTICLE= ‘{ARTNO}’]

The command [SPLIT] can be used if multiple fields are requested. These fields
will be delivered, separated by group separators ( GS ).
[SPLIT] helps to separate this content. Please see also the [SPLIT] command.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 401

402 Special Functions 402

[SQLLOG:... ] SQL logging into database

Same function as the [SQL:xx] command. SQLLOG will be processed when the label is printed.
This enables data logging into a database.

Syntax: [SQLLOG:xx]

[SQLLOG:...] - SQL logging into database

xx = any SQL query

For further information please see the command [SQL:xx] and have a view to the cab
databaseConnector section later in this manual.

Please note: The maximum length is 128 characters.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 402

403 Special Functions 403

[TRIM:... ] Trim data

The Trim command can be used to remove space characters at the beginning and at the end of a text
line.

Syntax: [TRIM:x]

[TRIM:...] - trim data

x = data

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T:CutMe;10,20,0,5,5,n; Remove empty space
T:CutOff;10,30,0,5,5,n;[TRIM:CutMe]
A1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 403

404 Special Functions 404

[U:x] Insert Unicode characters

This option inserts UNICODE characters in the data string of your text or barcode fields.

Syntax: [U:x]

U - Select unicode character

x = Hexadecimal value, indicated by a dollar sign ($) or

ASCII control code name, such as:
NUL, SOH, STX, ETX, EOT, ENQ, ACK, BEL, BS, HT, LF, VT, FF, CR,
SO, SI, DLE, DC1, DC2, DC3, DC4, NAK, SYN, ETB, CAN, EM, SU,
ESC, FS, GS, RS and US or Control codes for Code 128 such as
FNC1, CODEA, CODEB, CODEC.

Example: Some examples:

[U:$20AC] creates the Euro currency symbol

[U:FNC1] creates a function code 1 character (Used for barcode typeCode 128)
[U:$D] or [U:13] creates a carriage return and [U:$A] or [U:10] creates a line feed

All described printers in this manual work internally with Unicode, no special option required.
The availability of unicode characters depends on the selected font.

To recall Thai or chinese characters requires that these fonts are installed.The Chinese font is optional
and can be bought if required. Thai is available free of charge, but needs to be installed separately.

The Thai font is available for free at http://www.cab.de

EOS uses Thai and Chinese language as standard fonts. No installation required.
Thai can be downloaded free of charge from the cab website at http://www.cab.de

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 404

405 Special Functions 405

[U:x] Insert Unicode characters

The following example shows a little application which converts US Dollars into Euro ( just to show how
to recall the Euro sign simply using the unicode feature of cab printers.)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
OR
T:Amount;20,30,0,3,20;[?:Amount in US$:][I]
T:factor;0,0,0,3,3;[?:1 Euro= ? USD][I]
T 5,15,0,3,10,n; US $ to [U:$20AC] Converter
;T 10,30,0,596,8;[Amount] US$ = [*:Amount,factor] US$
T:dollars; 10,60,0,596,8;1 US$ = [/:1,factor] [U:$20AC]
T 10,45,0,596,8;[Amount] US$ = [/:Amount,factor] [U:$20AC]
A1

This example starts with a request in the display (attached USB - keyboard recommended), asks for
the amount of US Dollars and the converting factor. You may select your preferred exchange rate...
( we used 1.02 as factor .....)

Appendix C shows all characters including the unicode values of the built in truetype fonts.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 405

406 Special Functions 406

[UPPER:... ] Convert to upper case characters

The „upper“ function converts text contents into upper case characters

Syntax: [UPPER:Name]

[UPPER:...] - convert to upper case characters

Name = data - content of a previously defined field (field name)

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:Input;10,20,0,3,8;cab Germany
T:UPPERCASE;10,40,0,3,8;[UPPER:Input]
A 1

Prints the field „INPUT“ as it is keyed in, and prints the same data in field „UPPERCASE“ as
uppercase characters.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 406

407 Special Functions 407

[WINF] Mark a line for writing into the info buffer

[WINF] marks a line to be written in the info buffer. This can be recalled with the "ESC i“ command.
This value will be set if the label is completely processed.( This means, that i.e. a label has to be taken
away in demand mode !)

Syntax: [WINF]

[WINF] - Mark line for writing into the info buffer

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T 5,6,0,3,3;[SER:1000,4][WINF]
A500

This example prints a label with a counter - starting at 1000 and incrementing by 4. When the label is
completely processed, the value of the counter will be written into the WINF buffer.

Completely processed means, that a label in demand mode will write the value into the WINF buffer if it
is printed and removed from the demand photo cell.

The selected value for the WINF buffer can also be marked as invisible ( non-printing) using the [I]
command.

Requesting this value can be done with the „ESC i“ command. In our example we would receive the
values 1000, 1004, 1008 , 1012 ...... etc.

This command is useful if it needs to be controlled that the last label has been totally processed before
the next label will be sent.
Please note: The maximum length is 128 characters.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 407

408 Special Functions 408

[WLOG] Write LOG file

Writes data to a log file on the memory card. The log file can be is used to keep track of printed labels
and can be used to create a report of these data.

Syntax: [WLOG]

[WLOG] - Write LOG file

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
E LOG;INFO
T:VAL; 5,6,0,3,3;[SER:0001][I]
T:PRINT;5,15,0,3,3;Label [VAL] printed at [DATE] at [TIME].[WLOG]
A3

This example keeps track of the labels, based on the counter value VAL which will
be written to the LOG file "INFO“. Requires also the command: "E LOG...".

Contents of the file INFO.LOG:

Label 0001 printed at 28/07/2014 at 10:25:32.
Label 0002 printed at 28/07/2014 at 10:25:32.
Label 0003 printed at 28/07/2014 at 10:25:32.

Please note: The maximum length is 128 characters. Never switch your printer off while data is written
to the memory card.
Loss of information or damage of the memory card would be the result. This command can not be
used together with the internal flash file system (IFFS). The Date format depends on the selected
language.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 408

409 Special Functions 409

[WTMP] Write value to serial (TMP) file

Writes a value to a previously defined temporary file on the printer´s memory card.

Syntax: [WTMP]

[WTMP] - Write value to serial file

Example: m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
E TMP;EXAMPLE
T:XVAL;10,10,0,3,3;[RTMP,1][I]
T:SERNO;10,10,0,3,3;[+:XVAL,1][D:0,0][I][WTMP]
T:TESTFELD;10,20,0,3,8;Serial number is: [SERNO]
A4

The value of the variable XVAL will be saved in the file EXAMPLE.TMP.
The value increases in our example in steps of 1 whereby the result is saved on the memory card in
the file EXAMPLE.TMP.
EXAMPLE.TMP is located in the „MISC“ folder on the memory card. The value in the example.TMP file
is "4" after printing these 4 labels. (The printout shows only the last printed label)

Please note: The maximum length is 128 characters. Never switch your printer off while data is written
to the memory card.
Loss of information or damage of the memory card would be the result. This command can not be
used together with the internal flash file system (IFFS).
See also command [RTMP] - Read data from TMP file.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 409

410 Special Functions 410

[WUSER... ] Write value to USER memory

Writes the value into the "user memory“. The function is similar to the [WTMP] command, with the
exception that only one user file can be used at the same time, the total amount of characters is less.
The reason for this special memory is that the printer writes into a battery buffered RAM area, which
has a better life time than writing to any other flash memory. Recommended for applications which use
a lot of write cycles.

Syntax: [WUSER]

WUSER - Write into user memory

maximum length is 32 bytes
Example:

m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,71,100
T:XVAL;10,10,0,3,3;[RUSER,1][I]
T:SERNO;10,10,0,3,3;[+:XVAL,1][D:0,0][I][WUSER]
T:TESTFLD;10,20,0,3,8;Serial number is: [SERNO]
A3

This sample prints three labels where the counter counts from 1 to 3. The first label is shown below.

See also the command [RUSER] - Read value from user memory.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 410

411 RFID Functions 411

RFID Functions

The following pages describe special commands which require the additional cab RFID module.
RFID modules which have been used with extra port for the RFID control on A- series or A+ series
printers do not support these commands.

RFID Functions

[LTAG...] Lock RFID TAG area

[RTAG...] Read RFID TAG
[RTAGBIN...] Read RFID TAG binary
[TAGID] Read TAG ID
[WTAG...] Write RFID TAG

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 411

412 RFID Functions 412

[LTAG ... ] Lock RFID TAG area

Used to lock some blocks in the RFID Tag.

Syntax: [LTAG:start,len]

[LTAG:...] - Lock RFID Tag area

start = start address (Byte)

len = length (Byte)

Lock a block of the TAG whereby "start" and "len" are bytes. First address in a TAG is " 0 ".
Depending on the tag structure it is only allowed to lock complete blocks, e.g. if the block size is 4 and
LTAG is 2, then the complete block will be locked.

Example: mm
J
E RFID;T:Auto
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T 10,10,0,3,5;CABRFID[SER:1][WTAG:0][I]
T 10,10,0,3,5;[LTAG:0,8][I]
A1

The sample above writes new content to the RFID tag ( [WTAG:0] ) and locks the content in the next
line to avoid that it can be changed.

This function requires that the printer is equipped with the optional cab RFID reader

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 412

413 RFID Functions 413

[RTAG ... ] Read RFID TAG

Reads the RFID Tag.

Syntax: [RTAG:start,len]

[RTAG:....] - Read RFID Tag

start = start address (Byte)

len = length (Byte)

Reads the TAG whereby "start" and "len" are bytes.

First adress in a TAG is " 0 ". Read data are converted in the codepage which had been previously
defined with the "E command".

Example: mm
J
E RFID;T:Auto
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T 10,10,0,3,5;[RTAG:0,8]
A1

Reads and prints the first 8 bytes of a RFID tag.

This function requires that the printer is equipped with the optional cab RFID reader

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 413

414 RFID Functions 414

[RTAGBIN ... ] Read RFID TAG binary

Reads the RFID Tag as binary data

Syntax: [RTAGBIN:start,len]

[RTAGBIN:...] - Read RFID Tag BINary

start = start address (Byte)

len = length (Byte)

Reads the TAG whereby "start" and "len" are bytes.

First adress in a TAG is " 0 ". Read data is handled as binary data without any conversion.

This function requires that the printer is equipped with the optional cab RFID reader

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 414

415 RFID Functions 415

[TAGID] Read TAG ID

Shows the value of the read ID of a RFID tag as HEX value

Syntax: [TAGID]

[TAGID] - read tag ID Answer = Tag ID

In case of an error the printer responds 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

Example: m m
J
E RFID;T:Auto
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T 20,20,0,5,5;[TAGID]
A1

This example reads the Tag ID of a ISO 15693 tag and prints the ID

This function requires that the printer is equipped with the optional cab RFID reader.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 415

416 RFID Functions 416

[WTAG ... ] Write RFID TAG

Writes the RFID Tag in bytes

Syntax: [WTAG:start{,len}]

[WTAG:...] - write tag ID

start = start address (Byte)

len = length (Byte)

Writes the RFID TAG whereby "start" and "len" are bytes. If the content is too short it will be filled up
with zero bytes. This command writes blockwise ! If len is missing the printer writes as much as data is
available. Start must be devideable through the block size. First address in a TAG is " 0 ".

Writes data in the codepage which had been previously defined with the "E command".

Example: m m
J
E RFID;T:Auto
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
T 20,20,0,5,5;CABRFID[SER:1][WTAG:0][I]
A1

The example writes new content into a tag

This function requires that the printer is equipped with the optional cab RFID reader

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 416

417 Chapter 7: cab DataBase Connector 417

cab DataBase Connector commands

cab Database Connector

This software allows in connection with a printer via TCP/IP, to print a label which contains data from a
SQL compatible data base. The data is recalled from the printer through its attached keyboard or a
barcode scanner.
Since Firmware Version 3.37 for printers with X2 board and Firmware version 4.16 on EOS it is no
longer required to activate the database connector function.

With the methods up to now it was necessary to load databases in a fixed format on a memory card
into the printer.
This has the disadvantage that the data has to be converted, they never had been actual and the
access time became slower the more the database was growing.
Changings in the central data base required an update on the printers memorycard to have
access to the actual data.
cabDatabaseConnector works different. It can recall data form and existing database somewhere in
the network. Changes, which are made in this database, are immediately available, if a new label
is printed.
The care expenditure for the memory card is no longer needed. The printers can be somewhere in the
network. - Theoretically they might be anywhere in the world.

The following components are necessary:

• Current printer type

• Compact Flash memory card or USB stick is recommended
• An input device (USB barcode scanner or USB keyboard)
• Network connection
• cab DataBase Connector software

* cab database connector software is available in different versions, which work in a similar way
The description here uses the "original version" of the software.

The cab SQLClient - implemented in the printers - can have access to the database server
directly on-line through the cab Database Connector and Ethernet TCP/IP.
All data bases with ODBC or a Microsoft OLEDB interface can be accessed.

With cabData Base Connector Server several tables and fields can be queried at the same time.
Multiple predefined labels can be selected through the table of contents of the memory card.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 417

418 cab DataBase Connector 418

How it works:

The cab SQLClient in the printer contacts the cab DataBase Connector via Ethernet TCP and sends a
SQL Query.
Cab Database Connector receives the SQL inquiry and sends it via ADO (ActiveX DATA Object)
to the database server.

cab Database Connector receives a data record from the database server and sends it via TCP to
the cab SQLClient. The cab SQLClient receives the requested data record as a character field.

Supported Databases:

MS ACCESS, Ms SQLServer, Oracle, Dbase and ODBC connections.

Important: Jet40Sp3_Comp.exe and mdac_typ.exe must be installed.

These files can also be downloaded from www.microsoft.com/data.

cab Database Connector and SQLClient

With the cab Database Connector and the built in SQL client , printers can retrieve data online via
Ethernet TCP/IP directly from a database.
When the printer works as a stand alone print station, you do not need to store and maintain the data-
base files on the compact flash cards anymore.

You can access all types of databases with an ODBC driver or a Microsoft ADO-Interface.

It is now possible to access more than one table and it is much faster than accessing data on the flash
card.

cab Databaseconnector is available in 2 versions. The "traditional" version and the "current" version.
The explanation for some programming features are easier to show on the "traditional" version.
The current version offers more features and has a couple of other benefits such as the multi language
support and the possibility to run it as service.
It depends on your application what you prefer. Detailed information is available in the description
which comes with the software. This manual is more focussed on the programming requirements of
JScript.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 418

419 cab DataBase Connector 419

Installation

Step 1
Simply copy the program cabDatabaseConnector.exe on any PC in your network or on the server and
and start it.

The program appears on screen as shown on the picture below.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 419

420 cab DataBase Connector 420

As mentioned before - we will proceed here with the "tradional" version to keep it as simple as possible.

Step 2
Click on [Server Settings] and type in the complete database connection string. Database connector
has an implemented wizard, to help you to find the correct settings. This requires your knowledge about
your database !

Sample connection strings:

MSAccess: Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data-Source=<DatabasePath+MDB-Filename>

ODBC: in most cases simply type in the ODBC-Datasourcename

MSSQLServer: Provider=SQLOLEDB.1;Integrated Security=SSPI; Persist SecurityInfo=False;Initial

Catalog=cab; Data Source=hostname

ORACLE: Provider=MSDAORA.1;User ID=User; Data Source=Prod;Persist Security Info=False

Dbase: DSN=ExampleDatasource;DBQ=<DatabasePath>; DefaultDir=<DatabasePath>;FIL=dBase IV

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 420

421 cab DataBase Connector 421

The connection can be keyed in manually if it is known for the database connection or the built in
wizard may be called up which appears in on screen as shown below.

Details about the wizard are described in the built in help file. You need good knowledge about your
data base do a proper setup !

cab Database connector can be started multiple times in a network or multiple times on one PC.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 421

422 cab DataBase Connector 422

The picture below shows a test of the connection settings, where a Microsoft Access database is
connected.

Click on [Test Database Connection] to test the datasource.

If DatabaseConnector reports any errors in a popup, then install Jet40Sp3_Comp.exe and
mdac_typ.exe.
You can download this files at http://www.microsoft.com/data.
If DatabaseConnector reports - Connection open failed- in the list box, then something is wrong with
the connectionstring. Correct the connection string.
A sample which connects to a MS Access database is shown on the picture below.

Step3
Save the prepared label on the default memory card of your printer. A sample label is shown on the
next pages. Please note that this requires additional commands to get access to your database.

These additional commands are required in the label:

The E-Command: (previously decribed in this manual )

Syntax: E SQL;<IP of cabDatabase connector>:Portnumber

Defines the IP adress of the computer where cab database Connector is installed. The portnumber can
be set in the database connector program itself and must be identical to the port address which is set
with the „ E „ command.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 422

423 cab DataBase Connector 423

Example: E SQL;192.168.0.80:1001

The command sets the connection to the computer with the IP address: 192.168.0.80 where the
port number was set to "1001" in cab database connector program.

Required Query-Function:

Syntax: [SQL:Select Field from Table where Searchvalue=’{Fieldname}’]

SQL command language is used to access data from an existing SQL database.

Example: T 10,15,0,3,5;[SQL:SELECT PRODNAME FROM TA WHERE ARTICLE= ‘{ARTNR}’]

The SPLIT - Command:

Syntax: [SPLIT:Field,Index]

Example: T 10,5,0,3,5;[SPLIT:RESULT,1]

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 423

424 cab DataBase Connector 424

Following is required to process the example successfully

• Your printer is equipped with a USB keyboard

• An optional memory card must be installed. (Also IFFS could be used)
• cab database connector has been started and set up correctly.
• The database must be available- we used the table name TA, the database search field name
is ARTICLE which is compared with the search value „{ARTNR} „ which is a field name of
the label definition. The content of PRODNAME will be recalled from the database
• The following label example must be saved on the optional memory card.

The file below can be recalled from the printers memory card when F1 is pressed on the attached
USB keyboard (this recalls the label) and has be followed by the label name

The content of the label is as follows:

Example:
1. m m
2. J
3. S l1;0,0,68,70,100
4. H 200
5. E SQL;192.168.0.128:1001
6. T:ARTNR;10,5,0,3,5;[?:Artikelnummer,5560432,1,R,D]
7. T 10,15,0,3,5;[SQL:SELECT PRODNAME FROM TA WHERE
ARTICLE=’{ARTNR}’]
8. A 1

Note: The line numbering is used for a better explanation, it does not belong to the program code.

Explanation:

Line 1. Selects metric measurement (m m)

Line 2. Job start (J)
Line 3. select the label size ( S l1;..... ) - in our case: 68 mm high and 100 mm wide
Line 4. print speed (H 200 ) - here 200 mm/s
Line 5. Tells the printer IP and port adress of the device where the database
connector is installed. (in our case: IP - adress: 192.168.0.128 and the port adress: 1001)
Line 6. Defines a text field which defines the text which will be shown in the display
(T:ARTNR.....) - here we ask for a articlenumber in the SQL database.
The printer expects here an input which contains a value from the SQL database.
Line 7. Defines the SQL request and defines also the position and the font of the data field.
Line 8. Sets the amount of labels which will be printed. ( in our case 1 label)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 424

425 cab DataBase Connector 425

Another example which uses the "SPLIT" command

Example: m m
J
O R
H 100,0,T
S l1;0,0,68,70,104

; Definition of IP Adress and Port where the

cabDatabaseConnector runs on
E SQL;192.168.1.102:1001

; User input over Printer Display

T:INPUT;0,0,0,5,pt10;[?:Article no.:,,,L7,R,D][I]

; Request Database Connector for SQL Statement

; (Requests all (*) Databasefields from Table 'article' where
the field 'artnr' corresponds to the JScript variable 'INPUT')
T:RESULT;0,0,0,5,pt10;[SQL:SELECT * FROM article WHERE
artnr='{INPUT}'][I]

; Splitting the requested database record into single fields

and print them on label
T:RES1;30,5,0,5,pt11;[SPLIT:RESULT,1][I]
T:RES2;30,10,0,5,pt11;[SPLIT:RESULT,2]
T:RES3;30,15,0,5,pt11;[SPLIT:RESULT,3]
T:RES4;30,20,0,5,pt11;[SPLIT:RESULT,4]
T:RES5;30,25,0,5,pt11;[SPLIT:RESULT,5]
B 12,30,0,2OF5INTERLEAVED,25,1,15;[RES2]

; Fix printed fields on label

T 0,10,0,5,pt11;[J:r26]Articleno.:
T 0,15,0,5,pt11;[J:r26]Description:
T 0,20,0,5,pt11;[J:r26]Description:
T 0,25,0,5,pt11;[J:r26]Unit:

; Insert record in 'LOG' Table with DATE,TIME and printed

ARTICLE
T:DAT;0,0,0,5,pt10;[DATE][I]
T:TIM;0,0,0,5,pt10;[TIME][I]
T 0,0,0,5,pt10;[SQL:INSERT INTO log VALUES
('{DAT}','{TIM}','{RES2}')][I]

; Print Quantity request

A [?]

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 425

426 Chapter 8: abc - advanced basic compiler 426

abc - advanced basic compiler

An internal basic compiler has been implemented for applications which require more than "only" print
commands.
Originally designed for A-series printers (where the name comes from..) -meanwhile also implemented
in all current cab printing systems and it will be used in future printers - but the name will not change...

We highly recommend to update the firmware first before abc is used. The following description is
based on the current firmware release. Please install the current firmware before using abc !!!!!
The current firmware release can be downloaded from http://www.cab.de.
The usage of abc requires good programming knowledge of the programming language BASIC.

abc is a command subset from Yabasic. Except from the restrictions listed below it is 100% compatible
to it, so you can use the original binaries to test your programs using Windows or Linux (downloads
and documentation from www.yabasic.de).

Requirements:

- Running abc needs at least 300 kByte of free memory to work smoothly. Parts of this memory are
not being released after finishing the program, so restarting abc is faster.

Restrictions:

- No window and mouse functions

- No PRINT AT
- No COMPILE, no libraries
- No BEEP and BELL, however the in this manual described printers have SOUND "name"
command to play sounds. (if supported by the printer)
- abc and JScript work with cooperative multitasking, i.e. a complex JScript command can
delay abc commands and vice versa.
- The content of a file has priority over abc output to JScript.
This way abc can e.g. send „M l lbl;sample“ to JScript. However this means that when a file is
executed from card abc output is delayed until the file has been completely read and closed
by Jscript!
- It is better and recommended to embed JScript commands completely into abc !

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 426

427 abc - advanced basic compiler 427

Differences to Yabasic PC versions:

- To switch off the ESC command interpretation of JScript you can use POKE „transparent“,
0 or 1.
However all data which is already in the input buffer (64 kwords) has been filtered. So do not
send data with ESC in it before the POKE command has been executed!
- abc works internally with Unicode, so multilingual data processing is no problem for abc
programs.
abc can also handle chr$(0) within a string which is interpreted as string end in yabasic.
- Programs can be stopped by total CANCEL (pressing CAN more than three seconds on
front panel), this can be disabled by ON INTERRUPT command.
- No SYSTEM$() function.

Temporary restrictions:

- Printing ESC sequences to JScript has no effect

Window-Handling:

abc uses a hidden window which can be (partially) mapped to the front panel LCD. The printer
handles the window as a bitmap with 8 bit indexed colours. So each dot can have a value of 0
(black) to 255 (white). During mapping to the LCD, each colour is mapped according to its
brightness which is predefined as grayscales, i.e. 128 to 255 gives white pixels, 0 to 127 black
pixels.
The mapping can be changed with the POKE command to RGB colors which are useful if you
want to write the graphic to the card.

- ‘OPEN WINDOW width, height’ opens the window. Only one is allowed. As this window is stored
internally in standard memory, define it only the size you really need. (E.g. a window 100,100
takes 10kByte memory). For the front panel’s LCD a window of 120 by 32 is sufficient.
(depending on the display of the printer type)
- There’s only one font (16 dots high), variable width with support of latin, greek, cyrillic, hebrew
and arabic scripts. The origin is in the upper left corner of the first character’s bounding box.
For right-to-left writing countries, the origin is in the upper right corner.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 427

428 abc - advanced basic compiler 428

New functions compared to Yabasic:

- POKE „color#“,rgb, #=1 to 254, 0 stays always black, 255 stays always white,
e.g. POKE „color#15“,dec(„ff0000“) sets color no. 15 to red.
- WINDOW TRANSFER TO „name“ transfers the window content to a JScript image „name“
which can be used e.g. with the I command.
- WINDOW TRANSFER FROM „name“ loads the window with a JScript image. If the windows
and image size are not identical the result is clipped.
- WINDOW WRITE TO „name“ saves the current window as PNG on the memory card.
- WINDOW READ FROM „name“ load a PNG into the current window. Path names are allowed
here.
The window has to be big enough to hold the image, else loading will fail! Supported formats
are:
- grayscale 1 to 8 bits per pixel
- paletted images 8 bits per pixel

- JGET$ and JPUT are used to exchange data between JScript and abc. The exchange is
synchronized, so you can use abc as JScript function. Use always as a pair, else execution of
JScript and / or abc can be blocked !
- abc has a command check for the existence of files or devices:
EXISTS ("filename" or EXISTS("/dev/rawip")

Restrictions compared to Yabasic:

- No CIRCLE command.
- No BITBLT, GETBIT$ and so on.
- WINDOW ORIGIN is not supported, i.e. the origin 0,0 is always in the upper left corner.

- The modifiers CLEAR and FILL have the following results (shown for the RECT command):
RECT: frame in foreground color
CLEAR RECT: frame in background color
FILL RECT: filled area in foreground color
CLEAR FILL RECT: filled area in background color

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 428

429 abc - advanced basic compiler 429

abc - PEEK Variables:

command type: description
(S =String, I =Integer, F =Float)

"direction“ I direction of paper move

1 if forward,
-1 if backward and
0 if standing

"firmware" S Returns the firmware version of the machine („e.g. "V3.37 (Jul 10 2014)")

"freememory“ I gives the free main memory (available for abc or Jscript)

"imageheight:name“ I gives the height of an image „name“ in dots, 0 if not known

"imagewidth:name“ I gives the width of an image „name“ in dots, 0 if not known

"iobox" I Returns the input state of the I/O box on USB. Returns -1 if not
available.
Input data is binary ORed, values ranging from 1 for input 1 to 8 for input 4.

"jphase“ I Phase of JScript-Interpreter:

0 waiting for label definition
1 in process of label definition
2 during printing
3 standby, waiting for new job or new data for old one

"line“ I number of the actually printed label

"machine" S Returns the type and name of the printer (e.g. „A4+/300“).

"manufacturer" S Returns the manufacturer of the machine (e.g. „cab“).

"mlength“ F measured length of last label distance (mm), if not known it is 0

"os“ S Delivers "cab A-Series“ or "cab EOS" only for compatibility with Yabasic

"peelpos" I Returns a 1 if the label is in peel-off position.

"peri“ S Returns name of peripheral (similar to JScript " q p" command)

"resolution“ F Resolution of printer in dpi

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 429

430 abc - advanced basic compiler 430

abc - PEEK Variables:

command type: description
(S =String, I =Integer, F =Float)

"rfid_rssi" I Returns the signal quality of a detected RFID tag. Range is 0 to 100.

"sec70“ I time in unix format - i.e. seconds since Jan 1, 1970.

"serial" S Returns the serial number of the PCB.

"slength“ F stored label distance (mm), if not known or invalid it is 0. This is effectively
the distance of the last defined label before being switched off

"source“ S Name of last data source:

"RS232“, "RS422“, "RS485“, "IEEE1284“, "RAWIP“,
"USB“, "FTP“, "LPD“, "unknown“

"status“ S state of the printer (same as ESC s answer string)

"ticks“ I timer tick since startup of printer in 1/128th seconds

"user" S Returns the content of the non-volatile user space (A+/Mach only).

"version“ F Version of Yabasic

"width“ F Maximum print width in mm

"winf“ S Returns the contents of the WINF buffer (similar to the ESC i command)

"xinput“ I status of the peripheral connector input pin (XSTART)

"xoutput“ I reads actual peripheral control bits

"xstatus" S Extended state of the printer (same as ESC z answer string, but without CR)

Note: Keep in mind that PEEK´s which return a string need the PEEK$() function, whereas PEEK´s
which return a float or integer need a PEEK() .

All PEEKs which are marked with a * are not available on EOS printers.

In some cases optional equipment is required

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 430

431 abc - advanced basic compiler 431

abc - PEEK Variables:

The following example uses a few of the Peek variables and prints the result on a label

Example: <ABC>
a$=peek$("os")
b=peek("version")
c=peek("resolution")
d=peek("width")
f=peek("mlength")
g=peek("direction")
h=peek("slength")
i=peek("freememory")
j$=peek$("status")
print "m m"
print "J"
print "O R"
print "S l1;0,0,68,70,100"
print "T 5,8,0,5,5;peek samples:"
print "T 50,8,0,5,3;OS: ",a$
print "T 50,12,0,5,3;Version: ",b
print "T 50,16,0,5,3;Resolution: ",c
print "T 50,20,0,5,3;Max. Width: ",d
print "T 50,24,0,5,3;Transparent: ",e
print "T 50,28,0,5,3;Mlength: ",f
print "T 50,32,0,5,3;Direction: ",g
print "T 50,36,0,5,3;Slength: ",h
print "T 50,40,0,5,3;Freememory: ",i
print "T 50,44,0,5,3;Status: ",j$
print "A 1"
</ABC>

PEEK "freememory" is not available on EOS printers

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 431

432 abc - advanced basic compiler 432

abc - POKE Variables:

command type: description
(S =String, I =Integer, F =Float)

"backlight" I Controls the backlight of the LCD if "lcd“ is 1. 1 is on, 0 is off, 2 is

controlled by JScript (Default).

"bcolor" I Sets the background color for abc window operations.

"bypass“ I Value:0 or 1. 1 allows data from interfaces to go directly to JScript.

"color#x" I Sets the RGB value for color #x. x is valid from 1 to 254. Color 0 (black)
and 255 (white) cannot be modified.

"fcolor" I Sets the foreground color for abc window operations.

"httpswap“ S Can be used to swap the normal root directory and the memory card
on the webserver. E.g. POKE „httpswap“,“/secret“ moves the applet
to /secret/index.htm and /card/index.htm to /index.htm.

"iobox" I Sets the output state of the I/O box on USB. Returns error if not available.
Output data is binary ORed, values ranging from 1 for output 1 to 8 for
output 4.

"key" I Puts a character into the key buffer. E.g. POKE "key“,dec("F001“)
simulates pressing the MODE key.

"lcd“ I Controls the source for the LCD. 0 is standard, JScript content. 1 is the abc
window.

"lcdx","lcdy“ I Offset for the LCD in the abc window. Works only if the window is bigger
than the LCD.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 432

433 abc - advanced basic compiler 433

abc - POKE Variables:

command type: description
(S =String, I =Integer, F =Float)

"led“ I Controls the state of the front panel LEDs (if "lcd“ is 1). Bit coded:
1 = Cancel
2 = Mode (A-Series), Error (M-Series)
4 = Feed
8 = Pause
16 = Arrows (A-Series only)
A+/Mach4 and newer machines:
1=Menu
2=Cancel
4=Feed
8=Pause
16=Enter
32=Up arrow
64=Left arrow
128=Right arrow
256=Down arrow
EOS printers: No LEDs available

"ledmask" I Masks the LEDs to be lit. Independent of "lcd“-value. Same bit coding as
"led“. A 0 masks the respective LED. Not available on EOS printers.

"nice" I Sets the multitasking priority of abc vs. JScript. Ranges from 1 (JScript fast) to
20 (abc fast). Default is 10.

"print_with_verify" I Controls the usage of a barcode scanner by the print engine of an

enabled machine. Set to 1 for the printengine to wait for „scanresult“ after
each label.

"read_controls“ I Value: 0 or 1. 1 allows control characters to pass thru INPUT or INKEY$.

All characters are passed to abc, including the character terminating
the input line (e.g. CR). (This CR can be removed e.g. with TRIM$.)

"scanresult" I Sets the result of the barcode verification scan:

1 Good, apply the label
2 Bad, display error
(depending on user decision on front panel reprint will occur or not)
3 Bad, keep label on liner (reprint will occur)
4 Bad, put label in recycle position (if hardware available, reprint will occur)
5 Bad, put label on product (reprint will occur)
3+8 Bad, keep label on liner (no reprint)
4+8 Bad, put label in recycle position (if hardware available, no reprint)
5+8 Bad, put label on product (no reprint)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 433

434 abc - advanced basic compiler 434

abc - POKE Variables:

command type: description
(S =String, I =Integer, F =Float)

"syserror" S Puts the first character of the string into the error message puffer.
Allowed characters are the same as in the ESC s response.

"transparent“ I Value: 0 or 1. 1 switches off ESC-command interpretation

"user" S Writes a value into the non-volatile user space (A+/Mach only).
Max. 31 UTF-8 characters allowed.

"wakeup" I Wakes the printer resp. prevents it from falling asleep.

"widget" S Puts text into abc debug widget. Up to four characters printable (only
digits and upper case letters). (Only available on A+/Mach4 machines.)

"winf" S Writes a value into the "winf“-Buffer.

"xoutput“ I status of the peripheral connector control bits (output)

Note: you have to set the peripheral mask to 0 (x m command) before!

"xstart" I Triggers the print of label (analog to start input signal) on supprted hardware
(e.g. Hermes+)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 434

435 abc - advanced basic compiler 435

abc - Streams:
Filename Direction/Bit Description

"/dev/rs232:baud,handshake“ I/O,8 Baud: 1200-230400, handshake: -,RTS/CTS,XON/XOFF

"/dev/ieee1284“ I/O,8 bidirectional parallel interface

"/dev/rs422:baud,handshake“ I/O,8¹ RS-422 interface, baud: 1200-230400, handshake: -,XON/XOFF

"/dev/rs485:baud,address“ I/O,8 r RS-485 interface, baud: 1200-230400, address: A-Z

"/dev/usb“ I/O,8° USB-Client

"/dev/rawip“ I/O,8 raw-IP interface

"/dev/lpr“ I,8° lpr server

"/dev/panel“ I,16 input from front panel keys, key values are
$F001 Mode
$F002 Formfeed
$F003 Cancel
$F004 Pause
$F090 Cancel longer than 3 seconds

"/dev/keyboard“ I,16 input from external keyboard

There are too many keycode to list them here - please use
the program listed in the sample section of this document.

"/dev/jscript“ I,16 JScript-Interpreter - needed for reading back answers

"/card/filename.ext“ I/O* file from memory card

,8/16

"/iffs/name.ext“ I,8/16 file from internal memory

"mailto:address“ O,8 Writes an email to the specified address. An SMTP-Server

address and a return address has to be set in the setup!
The subject is the first line printed into the stream.

* no random writing within a file, only append or overwriting, according to the filename extension
the files are automatically sorted into the appropriate directories (i.e. /images, /labels, /fonts and
/misc) on the card

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 435

436 abc - advanced basic compiler 436

abc - Modes:

"r“, "w“, "a“ read, write and append

(file reading and writing automatically transforms Unicode to ASCII and
vice versa according to selected codepage, reading a Unicode or ASCII
file is automatically detected)

"rb“, "wb“, "ab“ read, write and append without transforming

(file reading and writing uses only low-byte of e.g. string)

"wu“, "au“ write and append using Unicode

Notes:

- Some streams like „/dev/panel“ are always Unicode-streams. Using ‘b’ or ‘u’ modifiers can have
strange effects!
- Writing to an interface (e.g. /dev/rs232) will fail if the printer cannot send the data. There’s a time
out of 10 seconds.
- Opening an interface as file stops ESC interpretation on this device.
- abc has an additional command called FLUSH which enables you to clear the input buffer of
/dev-streams in read mode (e.g. FLUSH #1 when 1 ist /dev/rawip). FLUSH #0 clears standard input.
- abc has an additional command to erase files: ERASE „name“.
- on EOS, /dev/keyboard works only if a window is opened and displayed, some keycodes have
changed compared to old printers.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 436

437 abc - advanced basic compiler 437

Communication with Web Browsers:

cab printers have a web server which is usually used for administration, but can also be used to
access data like images or HTML pages from the card. So it is only logical to seek a way to transmit
data from the browser to the printer. This is normally done by CGI scripts using forms. We do it the
same way :-) You can however not define CGI scripts your own, but we provide a way to get form
data into your abc program:

HTML

You simply define a form in your HTML page which uses get_form.cgi as ACTION.

<form action=“/get_form.cgi“ method=“post“>

<input type=“hidden“ name=“nextpage“ value=“thanks.htm“>
<input type=“text“ name=“example“>
<input type=“submit“ value=“Send data“>
</form>

This form lets the user enter some data in a text field called „example“. After clicking the „Send data“
button, the form content is sent from the browser to the web server and parsed there. Then the
extracted data is put into the input buffer which can be read by abc or directly by JScript. There
are two special field names available:

- nextpage this defines the name of the html page which is loaded after sending the form.
Default is index.htm.
- jscript Can be used to send a JScript command before the data. So you can e.g. send
a „M l lbl“ command before the data of the form.

A more complex example showing most of the possibilities of the CGI interface is the "cinema ticket“
program. This is available on request. In this case please contact „[email protected]“

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 437

438 abc - advanced basic compiler examples 438

abc examples

- The following pages show some examples what could be done with "abc".

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 438

439 abc - advanced basic compiler examples 439

abc-compiler example

Small program to print a 100mm long ruler with 1mm markings:

Example: ; Test label for ruler

<ABC>
PRINT "m m"
PRINT "J"
PRINT "S l1;0,0,68,71,104"
PRINT "G 0,10,0;L:100,.15"
FOR X=0 TO 100
IF MOD(X,10) = 0 THEN
PRINT "G ",X,",10,270;L:4,.15"
ELSE
PRINT "G ",X,",10,270;L:2,.15"
END IF
NEXT X
PRINT "A1"
END
</ABC>

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 439

440 abc - advanced basic compiler examples 440

abc-compiler example

Small program to print a text in a circle:

Example: ; Test label for rotated text

J
S l1;0,0,68,71,104
<ABC>
A$="Rotated text with Euro sign: "+CHR$(DEC("20AC"))+" "
N=LEN(A$)
D=360/N
FOR I=1 TO N
W=((I-1)*D)/180*PI
X=50-25*COS(W)
Y=30-25*SIN(W)
R=90-(I-1)*D
IF R<0 THEN
R = R + 360
ENDIF
PRINT "T ",X,",",Y,",",R,",3,6,b;",MID$(A$,I,1)
NEXT I
PRINT "T 0,30,0,3,5;[J:c100]",date$
PRINT "T 0,38,0,3,5;[J:c100]",time$
END
</ABC>
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 440

441 abc - advanced basic compiler examples 441

abc-compiler example

Small program to show usage of local and static variables.

Uses ASCII dump mode to show what happens:

Example: a
<ABC>
for a=1 to 4:stars():next a
sub stars()
static a$
local b$
a$=a$+"*"
b$=b$+"*"
print "; ",a$," ",b$
end sub
</ABC>

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 441

442 abc - advanced basic compiler examples 442

abc-compiler example

Small program to show ON GOSUB. Uses ASCII dump mode to show what happens:
a
Example:
<ABC>
for number=0 to 6
on number+1 gosub sorry,one,two,three,four,five,sorry
next number
end
label sorry:print "; Sorry, can’t convert ",number:return
label one:print "; 1=one":return
label two:print "; 2=two":return
label three:print "; 3=three":return
label four:print "; 4=four":return
label five:print "; 5=five":return
</ABC>

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 442

443 abc - advanced basic compiler examples 443

Small program to show READ,DATA and RESTORE. Use ASCII dump mode to show what
happens:

Example: a
<ABC>
restore names

read maxnum
dim names$(maxnum)
for a=1 to maxnum:read names$(a):next a
for number=0 to 10
if (number>=1 and number<=maxnum) then
print „; „,number,“=“,names$(number)
else
print „; Sorry, can’t convert „,number
endif
next number
error „Program finished“
label names
data 9,“one“,“two“,“three“,“four“,“five“,“six“
data „seven“,“eight“,“nine“
</ABC>

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 443

444 abc - advanced basic compiler examples 444

Small program for measuring the label distance:

Example: <ABC>
DO
REM read measured distance
dy=PEEK("mlength")
IF dy>0 BREAK
PRINT "f"
WAIT 0.25
REM wait until standing again REPEAT
REPEAT UNTIL (PEEK("direction")=0)
LOOP
PRINT "J"
PRINT "S l1;0,0,",dy-2,",",dy,",100"
PRINT "T 0,10,0,3,5;Measured label distance: ",dy,"mm"
PRINT "A 1"
</ABC>

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 444

445 abc - advanced basic compiler examples 445

This program demonstrates the differences for file handling (a compact flash drive and a hex
editor are useful to see the difference):

Example:
<ABC>
a$="Hello "+CHR$(DEC("20AC"))
OPEN 1,"test.dat","w"
PRINT #1 a$
CLOSE 1
OPEN 1,"testu.dat","wu"
PRINT #1 a$
CLOSE 1
OPEN 1,"testb.dat","wb"
PRINT #1 a$
CLOSE 1
</ABC>

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 445

446 abc - advanced basic compiler examples 446

This program does also writing using files but on the RS-232:

Example: <ABC>
a$="Hello "+CHR$(DEC("20AC"))
OPEN 1,"/DEV/RS232:57600,RTS/CTS","w"
PRINT #1 a$,chr$(13);
FOR i=1 TO 10
PRINT #1 i,chr$(13);
NEXT i
CLOSE 1
</ABC>

This demonstrates the file path and name handling of abc (it is necessary to have test.dat on
the card, e.g. from the last demo program):

Example: <ABC>
PRINT "a"
PRINT "; test.dat: ",exists("test.dat")
PRINT "; test.dat: ",exists("TEST.DAT")
PRINT "; test.dat: ",exists("/card/misc/test.dat")
PRINT "; test.dat: ",exists("/CARD/TEST.dat")
PRINT "; test2.dat: ",exists("test2.dat")
</ABC>

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 446

447 abc - advanced basic compiler examples 447

Request the dimensions of a graphic:

Example: <ABC>
PRINT"M l img;screw"
w=0
h=0
DO
w=PEEK("imagewidth:screw")
h=PEEK("imageheight:screw")
IF w>0 AND h>0 BREAK
LOOP
PRINT "J"
PRINT "H 75,10"
PRINT "S l1;0,0,68,70,100"
PRINT "T 0,8,0,5,5;Image width: ",w
PRINT "T 50,8,0,5,5;Image height: ",h
PRINT "T 20,64,0,5,5;Free memory: ",PEEK("freememory")
PRINT "I 30,30,0;screw"
PRINT "A1"
</ABC>

This sample shows the image size of the previously downloaded image in pixels.

PEEK imagewidth and imageheight are not available on EOS printers

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 447

448 abc - advanced basic compiler examples 448

Simple program to show the capture of interface data, parsing it, extracting the data and
sending it forward to the JScript interpreter:

Here we convert data which drives another printer model into data which will be understood by a cab
printer. The incoming data is shown on the next page. The program runs in a loop, always ready to
receive new data.
The label is prepared first in JScript, then incoming data is analysed and finally we replace the field
contents with the extracted data.

Example: <ABC>
PRINT "J"
PRINT "S l1;0,0,68,71,104"
PRINT "T:t1;20,10,0,3,8;"
PRINT "T:t2;20,20,0,3,8;"
PRINT "T:t3;40,40,0,3,8;"

label start
line input a$
if left$(a$,15)="194300301480070" then
print "R t2;",mid$(a$,16)
endif
if left$(a$,15)="194300300580172" then
print "R t3;",mid$(a$,16)
endif
if left$(a$,15)="194300301970073" then
print "R t1;",mid$(a$,16)
endif
if a$="Q0001" then
print "A 1"
endif
goto start
</ABC>

Please see also further information on the next pages

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 448

449 abc - advanced basic compiler examples 449

This is the original data that had been sent by a labelling software:

The data below produced the same printout on another label printer.

M3000
<STX>d
<STX>e
<STX>f260
<STX>O0220
<STX>V0
<STX>L
D11
PA
SA
H10
z
194300301480070Red
19430030058017248
194300301970073John
W
Q0001
E
<STX>L
D11
PA
SA
H10
z
194300301480070yellow
19430030058017294
194300301970073Susan
W
Q0001
E

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 449

450 abc - advanced basic compiler examples 450

Program to read keyboard codes:

Example: <ABC>
OPEN 1,"/dev/keyboard","r"
OPEN WINDOW 120,32
POKE "lcd",1
DO
DO
x=PEEK(#1)
IF x<>-1 BREAK
LOOP
CLEAR WINDOW
TEXT 0,0,"Last character:"
TEXT 0,16,"$"+hex$(x)+" = "+chr$(x)
LOOP
CLOSE WINDOW
</ABC>

Program to show readback of JScript-Commands and the FLUSH command:

Example: <ABC>
OPEN 1,"/dev/jscript","r"
OPEN 2,"/dev/rs232","w"
PRINT "qm"
LINE INPUT #1 a$
PRINT #2 a$
CLOSE 2
CLOSE 1
rem FLUSH #0
PRINT "f"
</ABC>

Here is text which would normally trigger protocol error.

It is deleted by FLUSH #0, so the PRINT „f“ can work without problems.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 450

451 abc - advanced basic compiler examples 451

Program to show how to „press“ a key using a program:

Example: ; Label does an endless loop which is terminated by pressing

"total Cancel"
<ABC>
x=0
DO
IF x=0 THEN
x=1
POKE "key",dec("F090")
ENDIF
LOOP
</ABC>

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 451

452 Appendix A 452

ASCII Table

Control characters
Decimal Hex ASCII

0 0 NUL
1 1 SOH
2 2 STX
3 3 ETX
4 4 EOT
5 5 ENQ
6 6 ACK
7 7 BEL
8 8 BS
9 9 HT
10 A LF
11 B VT
12 C FF
13 D CR
14 E SO
15 F SI
16 10 DLE
17 11 DC1
18 12 DC2
19 13 DC3
20 14 DC4
21 15 NAK
22 16 SYN
23 17 ETB
24 18 CAN
25 19 EM
26 1A SUB
27 1B ESC
28 1C FS
29 1D GS
30 1E RS
31 1F US

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 452

453 Appendix A 453

Code 39 pattern chart

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 453

454 Appendix A 454

Code 39 Full ASCII chart

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 454

455 Appendix A 455

GS1 128 / EAN 128 AI's

Code Description data length (without AI)

00 Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC) 18

01 Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) 14

02 GTIN of Contained Trade Items 14

10 Batch/Lot Number variable, up to 20

11 Production Date 6
12 Due Date 6
13 Packaging Date 6
15 Sell by Date (Quality Control) 6
17 Expiration Date 6
20 Product Variant 2
21 Serial Number variable, up to 20
22 Secondary Data Fields variable, up to 29
23n Lot number n variable, up to 19
240 Additional Product Identification variable, up to 30
241 Customer Part Number variable, up to 30
242 Made-to-Order Variation Number variable, up to 6
250 Secondary Serial Number variable, up to 30
251 Reference to Source Entity variable, up to 30
253 Global Document Type Identifier variable, 13
254 GLN Extension Component variable, up to 20

y in the AI gives a number of decimal places in the following value. The represented value is the
following integer divided by 10y. For example, a net weight of 22.7 kg could be coded as 3101 000227,
3102 002270, 3103 022700, or 3104 227000.

30 Count of items variable, up to 8

310 y Product Net Weight in kg 6
311 y Product Length/1st Dimension, in meters 6
312 y Product Width/Diameter/2nd Dimension, in meters 6
313 y Product Depth/Thickness/Height/3rd Dimension, in meters 6
314 y Product Area, in square meters 6
315 y Product Net Volume, in liters 6
316 y Product Net Volume, in cubic meters 6
320 y Product Net Weight, in pounds 6
321 y Product Length/1st Dimension, in inches 6
322 y Product Length/1st Dimension, in feet 6
323 y Product Length/1st Dimension, in yards 6
324 y Product Width/Diameter/2nd Dimension, in inches 6
325 y Product Width/Diameter/2nd Dimension, in feet 6

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 455

456 Appendix A 456

GS1 128 / EAN 128 AI's

Code Description data length (without AI)

326 y Product Width/Diameter/2nd Dimension, in yards 6

327 y Product Depth/Thickness/Height/3rd Dimension, in inches 6
328 y Product Depth/Thickness/Height/3rd Dimension, in feet 6
329y Product Depth/Thickness/3rd Dimension, in yards 6
330y Container Gross Weight (kg) 6
331y Container Length/1st Dimension (Meters) 6
332y Container Width/Diameter/2nd Dimension (Meters) 6
333y Container Depth/Thickness/3rd Dimension (Meters) 6
334y Container Area (Square Meters) 6
335y Container Gross Volume (Liters) 6
336y Container Gross Volume (Cubic Meters) 6
340y Container Gross Weight (Pounds) 6
341y Container Length/1st Dimension, in inches 6
342y Container Length/1st Dimension, in feet 6
343y Container Length/1st Dimension in, in yards 6
344y Container Width/Diameter/2nd Dimension, in inches 6
345y Container Width/Diameter/2nd Dimension, in feet 6
346y Container Width/Diameter/2nd Dimension, in yards 6
347y Container Depth/Thickness/Height/3rd Dimension, in inches 6
348y Container Depth/Thickness/Height/3rd Dimension, in feet 6
349y Container Depth/Thickness/Height/3rd Dimension, in yards 6
350y Product Area (Square Inches) 6
351y Product Area (Square Feet) 6
352y Product Area (Square Yards) 6
353y Container Area (Square Inches) 6
354y Container Area (Square Feet) 6
355y Container Area (Square Yards) 6
356y Net Weight (Troy Ounces) 6
357y Net Weight/Volume (Ounces) 6
360y Product Volume (Quarts) 6
361y Product Volume (Gallons) 6
362y Container Gross Volume (Quarts) 6
363y Container Gross Volume (U.S. Gallons) 6
364y Product Volume (Cubic Inches) 6
365y Product Volume (Cubic Feet) 6
366y Product Volume (Cubic Yards) 6
367y Container Gross Volume (Cubic Inches) 6
368y Container Gross Volume (Cubic Feet) 6
369y Container Gross Volume (Cubic Yards) 6

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 456

457 Appendix A 457

GS1 128 / EAN 128 AI's

Code Description data length (without AI)

37 Number of Units Contained variable, up to 8

390y Amount payable (local currency) variable, up to 15
391y Amount payable (with ISO currency code) variable, 3–18
392y Amount payable per single item (local currency) variable, up to 15
393y Amount payable per single item (with ISO currency code) variable, 3–18

400 Customer Purchase Order Number variable, up to 30

401 Consignment Number variable, up to 30
402 Bill of Lading number 17
403 Routing code variable, up to 30

410 Ship To/Deliver To Location Code (Global Location Number) 13

411 Bill To/Invoice Location Code (Global Location Number) 13
412 Purchase From Location Code (Global Location Number) 13
413 Ship for, Deliver for, or Forward to Location Code (Global Location Number) 13
414 Identification of a physical location (Global Location Number) 13
420 Ship To/Deliver To Postal Code (Single Postal Authority) variable, up to 20
421 Ship To/Deliver To Postal Code (with ISO country code) variable, 3–15

422 Country of Origin (ISO country code) 3

423 Country or countries of initial processing variable, 3–15
424 Country of processing 3
425 Country of disassembly 3
426 Country of full process chain 3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 457

458 Appendix A 458

GS1 128 / EAN 128 AI's

Code Description data length (without AI)

7001 NATO Stock Number (NSN) 13

7002 UN/ECE Meat Carcasses and cuts classification variable, up to 30
7003 expiration date and time 10
7004 Active Potency variable, up to 4
703n Processor approval (with ISO country code);
n indicates sequence number of several processors variable, 3–30

8001 Roll Products: Width/Length/Core Diameter/Direction/Splices 14

8002 Mobile phone identifier variable, up to 20
8003 Global Returnable Asset Identifier variable, 14–30
8004 Global Individual Asset Identifier variable, up to 30
8005 Price per Unit of Measure 6
8006 identification of the components of an item 18
8007 International Bank Account Number variable, up to 30
8008 Date/time of production variable, 8–12
8018 Global Service Relation Number 18
8020 Payment slip reference number variable, up to 25
8100 Coupon Extended Code: Number System and Offer 6
8101 Coupon Extended Code: Number System, Offer, End of Offer 10
8102 Coupon Extended Code: Number System preceded by 0 2
8110 Coupon code ID (North America) variable, up to 30
8200 Extended Packaging URL variable, up to 70

90 Mutually Agreed Between Trading Partners variable, up to 30

91–99 Internal Company Codes variable, up to 30

Source: Internet

All statements without guarantee: The listings we found in english are different in details, compared to
the listings we found in geramn language. Differences are shown in slanted letters.
We highly recommend to follow the GS1 listings of the responsible organinsation.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 458

459 Appendix A 459

Keyboard codes - Special characters

Printer usage in stand alone mode with attached keyboard.
The generation of special characters depends on the country specific characteristics of the keyboard.
Special characters as used by the keyboard with reference to different country settings. Use with the
[ALT key] . Examples for some countries:

Char [ALT +key] Char [ALT +key]

<numeric keypad
<numeric keypad

GR = Germany BE = Belgie
FR = France SU = Suomi
UK = United Kingdom IT = Italia
US = United States SP = España
SG = Schweiz DK = Denmark
SF = Suisse CZ = Ceska republica

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 459

460 Appendix A 460

Keyboard Codes - Special characters

Special characters may be generated with the keyboard in Stand Alone Mode by pressing two
characters one after each other.
To generate character ZZ: 1st character [Z1] - 2nd character [ALT-Z2]

Example: For " ñ ": 1st character[~] -2nd character [ALT-n]

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 460

461 Appendix B:Tips and Tricks 461

Tips and Tricks

In this Appendix we will publish some frequently asked programming samples, which shall help to
create some special labels.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 461

462 Appendix B:Tips and Tricks 462

Variable day offset

Example: ; variable day offset

m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,104
O R
T:INPUT;0,0,0,5,pt1;[?:Input Dayoffset:]
T 10,25,0,5,18;[DATE:INPUT,0,0]
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 462

463 Appendix B:Tips and Tricks 463

Hexadecimal counter (Base 16, 0-F)

Example: ; Hexadecimal counter (BASE 16, 0-F)

m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,100
O R
T 35,50,0,5,50;[SER:0,1][C: ,16]
A 20

This sample prints 16 labels with the hex values from 0 to F and restarts again with 0.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 463

464 Appendix B:Tips and Tricks 464

Invisible field - depending on condition

Example: ; Invisible field - depending on condition

m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,104
O R
T:INPUT;0,0,0,5,pt1;[?:Which Type(1 or 2)?,,,L1,M!1]
T:TYPE1;0,0,0,5,pt1;[=:INPUT,1][I]
T:TYPE2;0,0,0,5,pt1;[=:INPUT,2][I]
T 10,10,0,5,pt10;Labeltype 1 [I:TYPE1]
T 10,20,0,5,pt10;Labeltype 2 [I:TYPE2]
A 1

A different result appears on the label, depending on the input the printer prints only one
line with the word "Labeltype 1" or "Labeltype 2" or both lines.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 464

465 Appendix B:Tips and Tricks 465

Memory card „reload“

Example: ; Memory card "reload"

m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,104
O R
T 10,10,0,5,pt10;[?:Article No.:]
A 1
M r

This sample has to be saved on the printer´s memory card or IFFs etc.
It will show "Article No.:" on the display, prints one label and shows "Article No.:" again
after the label is printed.
So we generated that this label runs in a loop.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 465

466 Appendix B:Tips and Tricks 466

Automatic start with pause

Example: ; Automatic start with pause

p 1
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,104
O R
T 10,10,0,5,pt10;Pause before Print
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 466

467 Appendix B:Tips and Tricks 467

Using Replace sequence and split the content

Example: ; Using Replace sequence and split the content

; Stored on CF Card (SAMPLE.LBL)
m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,104
O R
T:CONTENT;0,0,0,5,pt1;
T 10,10,0,5,pt10;[SPLIT:CONTENT,1]
T 10,20,0,5,pt10;[SPLIT:CONTENT,2]
T 10,30,0,5,pt10;[SPLIT:CONTENT,3]
T 10,40,0,5,pt10;[SPLIT:CONTENT,4]

; Replacesequence
M l LBL;SAMPLE
R CONTENT;FIELD1-Content[U:GS]FIELD2-Content[U:GS]FIELD3-
Content[U:GS]FIELD4-Content
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 467

468 Appendix B:Tips and Tricks 468

Leading zero suppression after calculation

Example: ; Leading zero suppression after calculation

m m
J
S l1;0,0,68,70,104
O R
T:COUNT;10,10,0,5,8;[SER:0001][C:]
T:COUNT2;10,20,0,5,8;[*:COUNT,1][D:0,0]
A 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 468

469 Appendix B:Tips and Tricks 469

Replacing graphics dynamically

Example: ; Replacing graphics dynamically

; Label on memory card (SAMPLE.LBL)
; Images LOGO1.BMP, LOGO2.BMP,LOGO3.BMP also on mem.card
m m
J
O R
S l1;0,0,68,70,104
T 10,10,0,5,pt10;Dynamic Loading and placing of Graphics

; Replacesequence (from Host)

M l LBL;SAMPLE
M l BMP;LOGO1
I 10,20,0;LOGO1
A 1
M l BMP;LOGO2
I 10,20,0;LOGO2
A 1
M l BMP;LOGO3
I 10,20,0;LOGO3
A 1

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 469

470 Appendix C - Character lists 470

Appendix C - Character lists

The following pages show the available characters of the True TypeTM fonts in the printer.
Each character can be recalled by using the the unicode command [U....]

Please note:The built in bitmap fonts do not support Unicode.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 470

471 Appendix C - Character lists 471

Character list Swiss 721 - Font number 3

Font number 1000 ( AR Heiti Medium = Chinese characters) is optional on some printers and is not
free of charge.
Font number 1010 (Garuda - which contains Thai characters) can be downloaded free of charge from
our website. Some current printers contain both fonts as standard. This 2 fonts are NOT listed on the
next pages.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 471

472 Appendix C 472

Character list Swiss 721- Font number 3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 472

473 Appendix C 473

Character list Swiss 721- Font number 3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 473

474 Appendix C 474

Character list Swiss 721- Font number 3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 474

475 Appendix C 475

Character list Swiss 721- Font number 3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 475

476 Appendix C 476

Character list Swiss 721- Font number 3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 476

477 Appendix C 477

Character list Swiss 721- Font number 3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 477

478 Appendix C 478

Character list Swiss 721- Font number 3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 478

479 Appendix C 479

Character list Swiss 721- Font number 3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 479

480 Appendix C 480

Character list Swiss 721- Font number 3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 480

481 Appendix C 481

Character list Swiss 721- Font number 3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 481

482 Appendix C 482

Character list Swiss 721- Font number 3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 482

483 Appendix C 483

Character list Swiss 721- Font number 3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 483

484 Appendix C 484

Character list Swiss 721- Font number 3

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 484

485 Appendix C 485

Character list Swiss 721 bold - Font number 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 485

486 Appendix C 486

Character list Swiss 721 bold - Font number 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 486

487 Appendix C 487

Character list Swiss 721 bold - Font number 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 487

488 Appendix C 488

Character list Swiss 721 bold - Font number 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 488

489 Appendix C 489

Character list Swiss 721 bold - Font number 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 489

490 Appendix C 490

Character list Swiss 721 bold - Font number 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 490

491 Appendix C 491

Character list Swiss 721 bold - Font number 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 491

492 Appendix C 492

Character list Swiss 721 bold - Font number 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 492

493 Appendix C 493

Character list Swiss 721 bold - Font number 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 493

494 Appendix C 494

Character list Swiss 721 bold - Font number 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 494

495 Appendix C 495

Character list Swiss 721 bold - Font number 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 495

496 Appendix C 496

Character list Swiss 721 bold - Font number 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 496

497 Appendix C 497

Character list Swiss 721 bold - Font number 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 497

498 Appendix C 498

Character list Swiss 721 bold - Font number 5

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 498

499 Appendix C 499

Character list Monospace - Font number 596

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 499

500 Appendix C 500

Character list Monospace - Font number 596

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 500

501 Appendix C 501

Character list Monospace - Font number 596

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 501

502 Appendix C 502

Character list Monospace - Font number 596

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 502

503 Appendix C 503

Character list Monospace - Font number 596

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 503

504 Appendix C 504

Character list Monospace - Font number 596

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 504

505 Appendix C 505

Character list Monospace - Font number 596

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 505

506 Appendix C 506

Character list Monospace - Font number 596

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 506

507 Appendix C 507

Character list Monospace - Font number 596

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 507

508 Appendix C 508

Character list Monospace - Font number 596

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 508

509 Appendix C 509

Character list Monospace - Font number 596

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 509

510 Appendix C 510

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

AR Heiti Medium contains Chinese characters and is preinstalled on all EOS printers. It can be also
used on all other current printing systems, but it needs to be installed first. AR Heiti medium is available
on request. This font is not free of charge as a license fee has to be paid for it.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 510

511 Appendix C 511

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 511

512 Appendix C 512

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 512

513 Appendix C 513

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 513

514 Appendix C 514

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 514

515 Appendix C 515

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 515

516 Appendix C 516

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 516

517 Appendix C 517

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 517

518 Appendix C 518

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 518

519 Appendix C 519

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 519

520 Appendix C 520

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 520

521 Appendix C 521

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 521

522 Appendix C 522

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 522

523 Appendix C 523

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 523

524 Appendix C 524

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 524

525 Appendix C 525

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 525

526 Appendix C 526

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 526

527 Appendix C 527

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 527

528 Appendix C 528

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 528

529 Appendix C 529

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 529

530 Appendix C 530

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 530

531 Appendix C 531

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 531

532 Appendix C 532

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 532

533 Appendix C 533

Character list AR Heiti Medium GB - Font number 1000

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 533

534 Appendix C 534

Character list Garuda - Font number 1010

Garuda was mainly added to support Thai characters. Based on the fact that the internal printer
memory has some limitations, it was decided that this font can be installed if it is really required.
This font is preinstalled on EOS printers, as there is more memory available.
The Garuda font can be downloaded from the cab website and is free of charge.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 534

535 Appendix C 535

Character list Garuda - Font number 1010

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 535

536 Appendix C 536

Character list Garuda - Font number 1010

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 536

537 Appendix D - technical data 537

Technical data

Some technical data is shown on the next pages. That should cover the most important values such
available print speed, print width etc.

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 537

538 Appendix D - technical data 538

Model Name Resolution max. Printwidth Possible Printspeeds PEEL

A2+ 300 300 54.2 50,75, 100, 125, 150 yes

A2+ 600 600 56.9 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 yes
A4+/200 203 104 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 yes
A4+/300 300 105.6 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 yes
A4+/600 600 105.6 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 yes
A4.3+/200 203 104 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes
A4.3+/300 300 108.4 75, 100, 125, 150 yes
A2+/300 K 300 54.2 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125 yes
A4+/200 K 203 104 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125 yes
A4+/300 K 300 105.6 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125 yes
A4+/600 K 600 105.6 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 yes
A4+M/300 300 105.6 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125 yes
A4+M/600 600 105.6 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 yes
A4+T/300 300 105.6 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125 no
A4+T/600 600 105.6 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 no
A6+/200 203 168 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes
A6+/300 300 162.6 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes
A8+ 300 216 75, 100, 125, 150 yes
Mach4/200 203 104 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes
Mach4/300 300 105.6 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes
Mach4/600 600 105.6 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 yes
XC4/300 300 211.4 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125 no
XC6/300 300 325.2 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125 no
XD4L/300 300 211.2 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125 no
XD4M/300 300 211.2 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125 no
XD4T/300 300 211.2 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125 no

EOS1/200 203 108.0 30,40,50,75,100,125,150 no

EOS1/300 300 105.7 30,40,50,75,100,125,150 no
EOS2/200 203 108.0 30,40,50,75,100,125,150 yes
EOS2/300 300 105.7 30,40,50,75,100,125,150 yes
EOS4/200 203 108.0 30,40,50,75,100,125,150 yes
EOS4/300 300 105.7 30,40,50,75,100,125,150 yes

PX4L/200 203 104 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200,225,250,275,300 yes(default)
PX4L/300 300 105.6 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200,225,250 yes(default)
PX4L/600 600 105.6 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 yes(default)
PX4R/200 203 104 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200,225,250,275,300 yes(default)
PX4R/300 300 105.6 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200,225,250 yes(default)
PX4R/600 600 105.6 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 yes(default)
PX4.3L/200 203 104 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes(default)
PX4.3R/200 203 104 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes(default)
PX4.3L/300 300 108.4 75, 100, 125, 150 yes(default)
PX4.3R/300 300 108.4 75, 100, 125, 150 yes(default)
PX6L/200 203 168 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes(default)
PX6R/200 203 168 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes(default)
PX6L/300 300 162.6 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes(default)
PX6R/300 300 162.6 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes(default)

Hermes+ 2L/300 300 54.2 50,75, 100, 125, 150 yes(default)

Hermes+ 2R/300 300 54.2 50,75, 100, 125, 150 yes(default)
Hermes+ 2L/600 600 56.9 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 yes(default)
Hermes+ 2R/600 600 56.9 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 yes(default)
Hermes+ 4L/200 203 104 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300 yes(default)
Hermes+ 4R/200 203 104 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300 yes(default)
Hermes+ 4L/300 300 105.6 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 yes(default)
Hermes+ 4R/300 300 105.6 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 yes(default)
Hermes+ 4L/600 600 105.6 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 yes(default)
Hermes+ 4R/600 600 105.6 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 yes(default)
Hermes+ 4.3L/200 203 104 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes(default)
Hermes+ 4.3R/200 203 104 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes(default)
Hermes+ 4.3L/300 300 108.4 75, 100, 125, 150 yes(default)
Hermes+ 4.3R/300 300 108.4 75, 100, 125, 150 yes(default)
Hermes+ 6L/200 203 168 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes(default)
Hermes+ 6R/200 203 168 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes(default)
Hermes+ 6L/300 300 162.6 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes(default)
Hermes+ 6R/300 300 162.6 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 yes(default)
HermesC 6L/300 300 325.2 75,100,125 yes(default)

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 538

539 Appendix D - technical data 539

Model Name CUTTER PERFORATION RIBBON TEAROFF SINGLE PRINT DARKNESS

SAVER MODE BUFFER VALUES

A2+ 300 yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +10

A2+ 600 yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +10
A4+/200 yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +10
A4+/300 yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +10
A4+/600 yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +10
A4.3+/200 yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +10
A4.3+/300 yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +10
A2+/300 K yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +10
A4+/200 K yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +10
A4+/300 K yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +10
A4+/600 K yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +10
A4+M/300 yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +10
A4+M/600 yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +10
A4+T/300 yes yes no no no -10 up to +10
A4+T/600 yes yes no no no -10 up to +10
A6+/200 yes no no yes yes -10 up to +10
A6+/300 yes no no yes yes -10 up to +10
A8+ yes no no yes yes -10 up to +10
Mach4/200 yes no no yes yes -10 up to +10
Mach4/300 yes no no yes yes -10 up to +10
Mach4/600 yes no no yes yes -10 up to +10
XC4/300 yes yes yes yes no -10 up to +10
XC6/300 yes yes yes yes no -10 up to +10
XD4L/300 yes yes no yes no -10 up to +10
XD4M/300 yes yes no yes no -10 up to +10
XD4T/300 yes yes no no no -10 up to +10

EOS1/200 yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +20

EOS1/300 yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +20
EOS2/200 yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +20
EOS2/300 yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +20
EOS4/200 yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +20
EOS4/300 yes yes no yes yes -10 up to +20

PX4L/200 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10

PX4L/300 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
PX4L/600 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
PX4R/200 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
PX4R/300 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
PX4R/600 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
PX4.3L/200 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
PX4.3R/200 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
PX4.3L/300 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
PX4.3R/300 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
PX6L/200 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
PX6R/200 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
PX6L/300 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
PX6R/300 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10

Hermes+ 2L/300 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10

Hermes+ 2R/300 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 2L/600 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 2R/600 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 4L/200 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 4R/200 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 4L/300 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 4R/300 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 4L/600 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 4R/600 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 4.3L/200 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 4.3R/200 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 4.3L/300 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 4.3R/300 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 6L/200 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 6R/200 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 6L/300 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
Hermes+ 6R/300 no no yes yes yes -10 up to +10
HermesC 6L/300 no no yes yes no -10 up to +10

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 539

540 540

Index
Symbole
$DBF 103
; - Comment line 66
</abc> - Ends the abc Basic Compiler 62,63,64,65
<abc> - Starts the abc Basic Compiler 61
[%: op1,op2] Modulo 343
[&:op1,op2] Logical And 347
[*:op1,op2, . .] Multiplication 341
[+:op1,op2. . ,] Addition 339
[-:op1,op2] Subtraction 340
[/ :op1,op2] Division 342
[<: op1,op2] Comparision < Less than 348
[=: op1,op2] Comparision = Equal 350
[>: op1,op2] Comparision > Greater than 351
[?: ... ] LCD prompt 360,361,362
[|:op1,op2] Logical Or 345,346
[C: ... ] Leading zero replacement 30,358,367,368,369,370,371,372,373,374
[D:... ] Set number of Digits 375
[DATE... ] Print actual DATE 304,305
[DAY... ] Print numeric DAY of the month (1-31 306
[DAY02... ] Print numeric 2-digit DAY of the m 307
[DBF:... ] Database file access 376
[DOFY... ] Print numeric Day OF Year(001-366) 308
[H012] Print H0ur in 12-hour form (01-12) -alwa 295
[H024] Print H0ur in 24-hour form (01-24) -alwa 296,297,298
[H12] Print Hour in 12-hour form (1-12) 292,293
[H24] Print Hour in 24-hour form (0-23) 294
[I] Invisible fields 366,377,378,379,383
[J: ... ] Justification 381,382
[LOWER:... ] Converts to lower case characters 384
[MIN] Print MINutes (00-59) 299
[MOD10:x] Calculates the Modulo 10 Checkdigit 352,353
[MOD43:x] Calculates the Modulo 43 Checkdigit 354,355
[mon... ] Print 3-character month name 321
[MONTH... ] Print 2-digit MONTH (1-12) 323
[month... ] Print complete month name 322,335
[MONTH02... ] Print 02-digit MONTH (01-12) 324,325
[name] Access a field with a name 386
[name,m{,n}] insert substring 387
[OWEEK... ] Print WEEK with Offset(1-53) 320
[P: ... ] Print result in Price format 356
[R:x] Rounding method 357
[RTMP... ] Read value from serial (TMP) file 389,391,410,412,413,414,416
[S:... ] Script style for numeric values 388,392,401,402,415
[SEC] Print SEConds (00-59) 300
[SER:...] - Serial numbering 393,395,396,397,398,399,400
[TIME ] Print actual TIME 301
[U:x] Insert Unicode characters 404,405
[UPPER:... ] Converts to upper case characters 406,407

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 540

541 541

[wday... ] Print complete weekday name 313

[WDAY... ] Print numeric WeekDAY(1-7) 311,312
[wday2... ] Print weekday name, 2 - digits sho 314
[wday3... ] Print weekday name, 3 - digits sho 315
[WEEK... ] Print numeric WEEK (1-53) 318
[WEEK02... ] Print numeric WEEK with 2 -digits 319
[WTMP] Write value to serial (TMP)file 409
[XM] am/pm indicator 302
[YY... ] Print 2-digit Year (00-99) 326
[YYYY... ] Print 4-digit Year (1970-2069) 327
02-digit MONTH (01-12) 324,325
12-hour form (1-12) 292,293
2 of 5 Interleaved 115,116,155
2-digit DAY of the month (01-31) 307
2-digit MONTH (1-12) 323
2-digit Year (00-99) 326
24-hour form (0-23) 294
3-character month name 321
4-digit Year (1970-2069) 327,329,337
A
A - Amount of Labels 101,102,103
a - ASCII Dump Mode 67
a-Series basic compiler 426
abc - a-Series basic compiler 426
abc Basic Compiler - end (<abc>) 62,63,64,65
abc Basic Compiler - start command 61
abc-status ESCa 43
ACCESS 418
Access a field with a name 386
Add-On2 (Barcode) 117,119,123,125,127,129
Add-On5 (Barcode) 119,121
Addition 339
am/pm indicator 302
Amount of Labels 101,102,103
And - logical 347
Arab calender 328
ARABIC scripts style 392
ASCII Dump Mode (a) 67
ASCII Table 452,453,454
B
B - Barcode 2 of 5 Interleaved 115,155
B - Barcode DBP - German Post Identcode 139
B - Barcode EAN 128 / UCC 128 145,147
B - Barcode EAN-13 / JAN-13 143
B - Barcode EAN-8 / JAN-8 141
B - Barcode HIBC (Health Industry Barcode) 153
B - Barcode MSI (MSI Plessey) 163
B - Barcode PDF- 417 165
B - Barcode Maxicode 157
B - Barcode Add-On2 117,119,123,125,127,129
B - Barcode Codabar 123
B - Barcode Code 39 171
B - Barcode Code 93 131

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 541

542 542

B - Barcode Data Matrix 135

B - Barcode Definition 104
B - Barcode FIM 151
B - Barcode Micro PDF 417 161
B - Barcode Plessey 167
B - Barcode Postnet 169
B - Barcode UPC-A 219
B - Barcode UPC-E 221
B - Barcode UPC-E0 223
Barcode 2 of 5 Interleaved 115,155
Barcode Add-On2 117,119,123,125,127,129
Barcode Add-On5 119,121
Barcode Codabar 123
Barcode Code 39 171
Barcode Code 93 131
Barcode Data Matrix 135
Barcode DBP - German Post Identcode 139
Barcode Definition 104
Barcode EAN 128 / UCC 128 145,147
Barcode EAN-13 / JAN-13 143
Barcode EAN-8 / JAN-8 141
Barcode FIM 151
Barcode HIBC (Health Industry Barcode) 153
Barcode Maxicode 157
Barcode Micro PDF 417 161
Barcode MSI (MSI Plessey) 163
Barcode overview list 111,114
Barcode PDF- 417 165
Barcode Plessey 167
Barcode Postnet 169
Barcode QR-Code 173
Barcode UPC-A 219
Barcode UPC-E 221
Barcode UPC-E0 223
BARS 106
basic compiler 426
Basic Compiler -abc - start command <abc> 61
Basic Compiler -abc -end of the compiler (/<abc>) 62,63,64,65
Belgium / french - country settings (l) 80
Binary data - end description (ESCend-of-data) 45
Binary data description (ESC:) 40,41
bitmap fonts 284
bitmap query 85
BMP 70
boundary lines 115
Bulgaria - country settings (l) 80
Bundespost DBP Barcode 139
C
C - Cutter Parameters 226,227,228
c - Direct cut 69
cab DataBase Connector commands 417
Calculate the Modulo 43 Checkdigit 354,355
Calculates the Modulo 10 Checkdigit 352,353
calculations 29,338

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 542

543 543

Cancel Printjob (ESCc) 44

cancel total (ESCc) 58,59
Checkdigit 354,355
Checkdigit (modulo 10) 352,353
Circle (definition) 239,240
Codabar (Barcode) 123
Code 39 127,130,171
Code 39 (Barcode) 171
Code 93 (Barcode) 131
Command syntax 11
comment line 66
Comparision < Less than 348
Comparision = Equal 349,350
Comparision > Greater than 351
comparisons 29,338
connectionstrings 420
Convert to upper case characters 406,407
copyright 3
Country - language (l) 80,81
cut direct (c) 69
Cutter Parameters 225,226,227,228
Czech Republic - country settings (l) 80
D
d - download data 70
D - Global Object Offset 229
data download (d) 70
data erase 77
Data Matrix (Barcode) 135
Database format 70
Database Connector commands 32
Database Connector commands - Overview 32
database download 72
Database file access 376
database query 85
Date and Time Functions - Overview 26
date and time query 86
Date/Time setting (s) 89
DAY of the month (01-31) 307
DAY of the month (1-31) 306,307
Day OF Year(001-366) 308
Dbase 418
DBF 70
DBF download 72
DBP - German Post Identcode 139
Define Files ( Extension ) 230,231,233,234
Define Text Field 278
Denmark - country settings (l) 80
Direct cut (c) 69
directory path 260
Division 342
Download binary data (ESC:) 40,41
download data (d) 70
Dump Mode - ASCII (a) 67

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 543

544 544

E
E - Define Files ( Extension ) 230,231,233,234
e - erase data 77
EAN 128 / UCC 128 (Barcode) 145,147
EAN-13 / JAN-13 (Barcode) 143
EAN-8 / JAN-8 (Barcode) 141
ELx 106,121,165,173
End description of binary data (ESCend-of-data) 45
End the abc Basic Compiler 62,63,64,65
Ends printer´s pause mode (ESCp0) 48,53
Equal 349
erase data (e) 77
erase data from memory card 261
Error Level 106,121,165
ESC commands 35
ESC instructions 14
ESC p1 Set printer into pause mode 54
ESC s Printer status query 55
ESC t total cancel 58,59
ESC!ESC! Hard Reset 37
ESC. Start and stop value for binary data 38,39
ESC: Start description of binary data 40,41
ESC? Request for free memory 42
ESCa - abc-status 43
ESCc - Cancel Printjob 44
ESCend-of-data End description of binary data 45
ESCESC Replacement of ESC in Binary data 36
ESCf formfeed 46,47
ESCp0 End printer´s pause mode 48,53
European Article Numbering 141,143
Extended Human Readable Interpretation 106
Extension (define files) 230,231,232,233,234
F
F - Font Number 235,236
f - formfeed 78,79
Field Calculations and Comparisons 29,338
Field Calculations and Comparisons - Overview 29,338
file system (memory card) 262
Fill (option) 245
FIM (Barcode) 151
Finland - country settings (l) 80
FNT 77
font effects 286
font list 92
Font Number 235,236
Font types 278
fonts (scalable) query 86
form feed (f) 78,79
Formfeed (ESCf) 46,47
France - country settings (l) 80
free memory query 85
Free memory request (ESC?) 42

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 544

545 545

G
G - Graphic Definition - Circle 239,240
G - Graphic Definition - Line 241
G - Graphic Definition - Option Shade 246
G - Graphic Definition - Option: Fill 245
G - Graphic Definition - Option: Outline 247,248
G - Graphic Definition - Rectangle 243
G - Graphic Field Definition 237
German Post Identcode 139
Germany - country settings (l) 80
GIF 70
Global Object Offset 229
Graphic Definition - Circle 239,240
Graphic Definition - Line 241
Graphic Definition - Option Shade 246
Graphic Definition - Option: Fill 245
Graphic Definition - Option: Outline 247,248
Graphic Definition - Rectangle 243
Graphic Field Definition 237
Greater than 351
Greece - country settings (l) 80
H
H - Heat, Speed, Method of Printing, Ribbon 249
H0ur in 12-hour form (01-12) -always 2 digits 295
H0ur in 24-hour form (01-24) -always 2 digits 296,297,298
Hard Reset (ESC!ESC!) 37
Health Industry Barcode (HIBC) 153
Heat setting 249
Hour in 12-hour form (1-12) 292,293
Hour in 24-hour form (0-23) 294
Hungary - country settings (l) 80
I
I - Image Field Definition 250
Ident- und Leitcode der Deutschen Bundespost 139
Ident- und Leitcode der Deutschen Bundespost, Barc 139
Image Field Definition 250
image query 85
IMG 70
Immediate Commands 14
inches 80,82
increment 395
insert substring 387
Insert Unicode characters 404,405
Instruction types 14
Internal Fonts 285
internal fonts 278
Invisible fields 366,377,378,379,383
Iran - country settings (l) 80
Italy - country settings (l) 80
J
J - Job Start 253
Jalali Calender 328

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 545

546 546

Jalali Date Functions 28

Jalali Date functions 328,338
Jalali Date Functions - Overview 28
Jalali-DAY 328,330
Jalali-DAY, 02 digits 328,331
Jalali-DAY of the Week 328,336
Jalali-Day OF Year 328,334
Jalali-Month 328,332
Jalali-Month, complete name 328
Jalali-Month,02 digits 328,333
JAN-13 (Barcode) 143
JAN-8 (Barcode) 141
Japanese Article Numbering 141,143
Job Start 253
Justification 381,382
L
l - Change Language ( country ) 80,81
Label Format Commands 15
Label quantity 101,102,103
Label Size 273,274,275,276,277
Language ( country ) settings 80,81
LATIN scripts style 392
LCD prompt 360,361,362
Leading zero replacement 367,368,369,370,371,373,374
Less than 348
Line (definition) 241
line end identifier 11
list fonts 92
Lituvia - country settings (l) 80
LOG file - write 408
Logical And 347
Logical Or 345,346
M
M - Memory Card Access 254,255,256,257,258,259,260,261
m - set measuring unit 82
MAC 70
Maxicode (Barcode) 157
measurements in inches 80
measuring unit 82
media query 85
memory (free) query 85
memory card - save data 265
Memory Card Access 254,255,256,257,258,259,260,261
memory card file system 262
memory card type query 85
Memory card: repeat last label 264
Memory request (free memeory (ESC?)) 42
Method of Printing, 249
Micro PDF 417 (Barcode) 161
millimeters 82
MINutes (00-59) 299
Modulo 343
Modulo 10 Checkdigit 352,353

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 546

547 547

Modulo 43 Checkdigit 354,355

Monospace 821 TM 279
month name complete 322,335
MS ACCESS 418
MSI (MSI Plessey) (Barcode) 163
Multiplication 341
N
name of field 386
Netherlands - country settings (l) 80
NOCHECK 106,143,219
Nomenclature 11
NOPRINT 102
Norway - country settings (l) 80
number of Labels 101,102,103
numbering (serial numbers) 393,394,395,396,397,398,399
O
ODBC 418
Offset (Global objects) 229
Option Shade 246
Option: Fill 245
Option: Outline 247,248
Options settings 268,269
Or - logical 345,346
Oracle 418
Outline (option) 247,248
Overview - Database Connector commands 32
Overview - Date and Time Functions 26
Overview - Field Calculations and Comparisons 29,338
Overview - Jalali Date Functions 28
Overview - Special functions (miscellaneous) 30,31,358,359
Overview - Time and Date Functions 26
overview list (barcodes) 111,114
P
p - pause Printer 84
Pause Printer (p) 84
PCX 70
PDF- 417 (Barcode) 165
Peel-Off Mode 271
peripheral equipment query 86
Peripheral Signal Settings 289
Peripheral Signal Settings (x) 98
Plessey (Barcode) 167
PNG 70
Poland - country settings (l) 80
Portugal - country settings (l) 80
Postnet (Barcode) 169
Price format 356
Print weekday name, 2 - digits shortened 314
Print weekday name, 3 - digits shortened 315
Print 02-digit MONTH (01-12) 324,325
Print 2-digit MONTH (1-12) 323
Print 2-digit Year (00-99) 326

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 547

548 548

Print 3-character month name 321

Print 4-digit Year (1970-2069) 327,329
Print actual DATE 304,305
Print actual TIME 301
Print all records of database 103
Print complete month name 322
Print complete weekday name 313
Print H0ur in 24-hour form (01-24) -always 2 digit 296,297,298
print heat 249
Print Hour in 12-hour form (1-12) 292,293
Print Hour in 24-hour form (0-23) 294
Print Jalali-DAY 328,330
Print Jalali-DAY, 02 digits 328,331
Print Jalali-DAY of the Week (1=saturday) 328
Print Jalali-Day OF Year 328
Print Jalali-Month 328,332
Print Jalali-Month, complete name 328
Print Jalali-Month,02 digits 328,333
Print Jalali-YEAR, 4 digits 328
Print MINutes (00-59) 299
Print numeric 2-digit DAY of the month (01-31) 307
Print numeric DAY of the month (1-31) 306
Print numeric Day OF Year(001-366) 308,309,310,316,317
Print numeric WEEK (1-53) 318
Print numeric WEEK with 2 -digits (01-53) 319
Print numeric WeekDAY(1-7) 311,312
print positions 13
Print result in Price format 356
Print SEConds (00-59) 300
print slashed zero (z) 99
Print speed 249
print unslashed zero (z) 99
Print WEEK with Offset(1-53) 320
Printer model 97
Printer status query (ESCs) 55
Printing method 249
Printjob -cancel (ESCc) 44
prompt (LCD) 360,361,362
Protocol error 18
protocol errors 67,68
Q
q - query Printer 85,86,87
Quantity of Labels 101,102,103
query bitmap 85,86,87
query database 85
Query for scaleable fonts 86
query image 85
query media 85
query Printer (q) 85,86,87
R
R - Replace Field Contents 272
r - reset to default values 88
Read value from serial (TMP) file 389,391,410,412,413,414,416

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 548

549 549

Rectangle (definition) 243

Release date 97
Repeat last label 264
Replace Field Contents 272
Replacement of ESC in Binary data (ESCESC) 36
replacement of leading zeroes 373,374
request Firmware version 97
Request for free memory (ESC?) 42
Reset (Hard Reset (ESC!ESC!)) 37
reset to default values (r) 88
Ribbon 249
ribbon diameter query 86
Ribbon setting 249
Rounding method 357
Russia - country settings (l) 80
S
s - set Date/Time 89
Save data on memory card 265
scalable fonts 285
scaleable fonts query 86
Script style for numeric values 388,392,401,402,415
SCx (barcodes) 109
SEConds (00-59) 300
serial (TMP)file 409
Serial numbering 393,394,395,396,397,398,399,400
set Date/Time (s) 89
Set Label Size 273,274,275,276,277
set measuring unit 82
Set number of Digits 375
Set Peel-Off Mode 271
Set Print Options 268,269
Set printer into pause mode (ESCp1) 54
Shade 246
Shade (option) 246
Signal Settings 289
Size of label setting 273,274,275,276,277
slashed zero (z) 99
Spain - country settings (l) 80
Special Content Fields 15
Special Content fields 290
Special functions (miscellaneous) 30,31,358,359
Special functions (miscellaneous) - Overview 30,31,358,359
Speed 249
Speed setting 249
SQLClient 418
SQLServer 418
Start and stop value for binary data (ESC.) 38,39
Start description of binary data (ESC:) 40,41
Start of the abc Basic Compiler (<abc>) 61
Start of print job 253
status information 91,96
Status of abc (ESCa) 43
status printout 91
Status query (ESCs) 55

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 549

550 550

Stop and Start value for binary data (ESC.) 38,39

substring 387
Subtraction 340
Suomi - country settings (l) 80
Sweden - country settings (l) 80
Swiss 721 Bold TM 279
Swiss 721TM 279
Switzerland / french - country settings (l) 80
Switzerland / german - country settings (l) 80
Synchronous Peripheral Signal Settings 289
Synchronous Peripheral Signal Settings (x) 98
Syntax of the commands 11
T
T - Text Field Definition 278
Text Field Definition 278
TIF 70
TIME 301
Time and Date Functions - Overview 26
time and date query 86
Time/date setting (s) 89
TMP 70,389,391,409
top-of-form 78
total cancel (ESCt) 58,59
True type font download 70
Truetype download 72
TTF 70
TTF download 72
Turkey - country settings (l) 80
U
UCC 128 (Barcode) 145,147
Unicode characters 285,404,405
United Kingdom - country settings (l) 80
unslashed zero (z) 99
UPC-A 219
UPC-A (Barcode) 219
UPC-E 221
UPC-E (Barcode) 221
UPC-E0 223
UPC-E0 (Barcode) 223
Uploads file contents from memory card 267
upper case characters conversion 406
UPS (Maxicode) 157
USA - country settings (l) 80
V
v - Firmware version 97
Vector font formats 70
version - firmware - request 97
W
WEEK (1-53) 318
WEEK with 2 -digits (01-53) 319
WEEK with Offset(1-53) 320

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 550

551 551

weekday name 313

weekday name, 2 - digits shortened 314
weekday name, 3 - digits shortened 315
WeekDAY(1-7) 311,312
white space area 106
Write LOG file 408
Write value to serial (TMP)file 409
WSarea 106
X
X - Synchronous Peripheral Signal Settings 289
x - Synchronous Peripheral Signal Settings 98
XHRI 106,127,129,131,141,143,219,221,263
Y
Yabasic 427
Year (1970-2069) 327,329,337
Year (00-99) 326
Z
z - print slashed / unslashed zero 99

cab Produkttechnik GmbH & Co KG - http://www.cab.de 551